10613 lines
333 KiB
HTML
10613 lines
333 KiB
HTML
|
|
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
|
|
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Man page of XTERM</TITLE>
|
|
</HEAD><BODY>
|
|
<H1>XTERM</H1>
|
|
Section: X Window System (1)<BR>Updated: 2020-02-01<BR><A HREF="#index">Index</A>
|
|
<A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html">Return to Main Contents</A><HR>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbAB"> </A>
|
|
<H2>NAME</H2>
|
|
|
|
xterm - terminal emulator for X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbAC"> </A>
|
|
<H2>SYNOPSIS</H2>
|
|
|
|
<B>xterm</B>
|
|
|
|
[-<I>toolkitoption</I> ...] [-<I>option</I> ...] [<I>shell</I>]
|
|
<A NAME="lbAD"> </A>
|
|
<H2>DESCRIPTION</H2>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The <I>xterm</I> program is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.
|
|
It provides DEC VT102/VT220 and selected features from higher-level
|
|
terminals such as VT320/VT420/VT520 (VT<I>xxx</I>).
|
|
It also provides Tektronix 4014 emulation
|
|
for programs that cannot use the window system directly.
|
|
If the underlying operating system supports
|
|
terminal resizing capabilities (for example, the SIGWINCH signal in systems
|
|
derived from 4.3BSD), <I>xterm</I> will use the facilities to notify programs
|
|
running in the window whenever it is resized.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The VT<I>xxx</I> and Tektronix 4014 terminals each have their own window
|
|
so that you can edit text in one and
|
|
look at graphics in the other at the same time.
|
|
To maintain the correct aspect ratio (height/width), Tektronix graphics will
|
|
be restricted to the largest box with a 4014's aspect ratio that will fit in
|
|
the window.
|
|
This box is located in the upper left area of the window.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Although both windows may be displayed at the same time, one of them is
|
|
considered the ``active'' window for receiving keyboard input and terminal
|
|
output.
|
|
This is the window that contains the text cursor.
|
|
The active window can be chosen through escape sequences,
|
|
the <B>VT Options</B> menu in the VT<I>xxx</I> window,
|
|
and the <B>Tek Options</B> menu in the 4014 window.
|
|
<A NAME="lbAE"> </A>
|
|
<H2>EMULATIONS</H2>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> provides usable emulations of related DEC terminals:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
VT52 emulation is complete.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
VT102 emulation is fairly complete, but does not support autorepeat
|
|
(because that would affect the keyboard used by other X clients).
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1"><DD>
|
|
Double-size characters are displayed properly if your font server supports
|
|
scalable bitmap fonts.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
VT220 emulation does not support soft fonts, it is otherwise complete.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
VT420 emulation (the default) supports controls for manipulating rectangles
|
|
of characters as well as left/right margins.
|
|
<DT id="2"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> does not support some other features which
|
|
are not suitable for emulation, e.g., two-sessions.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Terminal database (<I>terminfo</I> (5) or <I>termcap</I> (5))
|
|
entries that work with <I>xterm</I> include
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="3"><DD>
|
|
an optional platform-specific entry (``xterm''),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``xterm'',
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``vt102'',
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``vt100'',
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``ansi'' and
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``dumb''
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> automatically searches the
|
|
terminal database in this order for these entries and then
|
|
sets the ``TERM'' variable
|
|
(and the ``TERMCAP'' environment variable on a few older systems).
|
|
The alternatives after ``xterm'' are very old,
|
|
from the late 1980s.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
VT100 and VT102 emulations are commonly equated,
|
|
though they actually differ.
|
|
The VT102 provided controls for inserting and deleting lines.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Similarly,
|
|
``ansi'' and
|
|
``vt100'' are often equated.
|
|
These are not really the same.
|
|
For instance, they use different controls for scrolling
|
|
(but <I>xterm</I> supports both).
|
|
These features differ in an ``ansi'' terminal description
|
|
from <I>xterm</I>:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="4"><B>acsc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
Pseudo-graphics (line-drawing) uses a different mapping.
|
|
<DT id="5"><B>xenl</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> wraps text at the right margin using
|
|
the VT100 ``newline glitch'' behavior.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Because of the wrapping behavior, you would occasionally have to
|
|
repaint the screen when using a text editor with the ``ansi'' description.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You may also use descriptions corresponding to the various
|
|
supported emulations such as ``vt220'' or ``vt420'',
|
|
but should set the terminal emulation level
|
|
with the <B>decTerminalID</B> resource.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
On most systems, <I>xterm</I> will use the terminfo database.
|
|
Some older systems use termcap.
|
|
(The ``TERMCAP'' environment variable is not set if <I>xterm</I> is linked
|
|
against a terminfo library, since the requisite information is not provided
|
|
by the termcap emulation of terminfo libraries).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Many of the special <I>xterm</I> features may be modified under program control
|
|
through a set of escape sequences different from the standard VT<I>xxx</I> escape
|
|
sequences (see <I>Xterm Control Sequences</I>).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The Tektronix 4014 emulation is also fairly good.
|
|
It supports 12-bit graphics addressing, scaled to the window size.
|
|
Four different font sizes and five different lines types are supported.
|
|
There is no write-through or defocused mode support.
|
|
The Tektronix text and graphics commands are recorded internally by <I>xterm</I>
|
|
and may be written to a file by sending the COPY escape sequence
|
|
(or through the <B>Tektronix</B> menu; see below).
|
|
The name of the file will be
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
``COPY<I>yyyy</I>-<I>MM</I>-<I>dd</I>.<I>hh</I>:<I>mm</I>:<I>ss</I>''
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
where
|
|
<I>yyyy</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>MM</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>dd</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>hh</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>mm</I>
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
<I>ss</I>
|
|
|
|
are the year, month, day, hour, minute and second when the COPY was performed
|
|
(the file is created in the directory <I>xterm</I>
|
|
is started in, or the home directory for a login <I>xterm</I>).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Not all of the features described in this manual are necessarily available in
|
|
this version of <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
Some (e.g., the non-VT220 extensions) are available
|
|
only if they were compiled in, though the most commonly-used are in the
|
|
default configuration.
|
|
<A NAME="lbAF"> </A>
|
|
<H2>OTHER FEATURES</H2>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> automatically highlights the text cursor when the
|
|
pointer enters the window (selected) and unhighlights it when the pointer
|
|
leaves the window (unselected).
|
|
If the window is the focus window, then the text cursor is
|
|
highlighted no matter where the pointer is.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In VT<I>xxx</I> mode, there are escape sequences to activate and deactivate
|
|
an alternate screen buffer, which is the same size as the display area
|
|
of the window.
|
|
When activated, the current screen is saved and replaced with the alternate
|
|
screen.
|
|
Saving of lines scrolled off the top of the window is disabled until the
|
|
normal screen is restored.
|
|
The usual terminal description for <I>xterm</I> allows the visual editor
|
|
<I><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+vi">vi</A></I>(1)
|
|
|
|
to switch to the alternate screen for editing and to restore the screen
|
|
on exit.
|
|
A popup menu entry makes it simple to switch between the normal and
|
|
alternate screens for cut and paste.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In either VT<I>xxx</I> or Tektronix mode,
|
|
there are escape sequences to change the name of the windows.
|
|
Additionally, in VT<I>xxx</I> mode,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> implements the window-manipulation control
|
|
sequences from <I>dtterm</I>, such as resizing the window, setting its location
|
|
on the screen.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> allows character-based applications to receive mouse events (currently
|
|
button-press and release events, and button-motion events)
|
|
as keyboard control sequences.
|
|
See <I>Xterm Control Sequences</I> for details.
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbAG"> </A>
|
|
<H2>OPTIONS</H2>
|
|
|
|
Because <I>xterm</I> uses the X Toolkit library,
|
|
it accepts the standard X Toolkit command line options.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> also accepts many application-specific options.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
By convention, if an option begins with a ``<B>+</B>''
|
|
instead of a ``<B>-</B>'',
|
|
the option is restored to its default value.
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Most of the <I>xterm</I> options are actually parsed by the X Toolkit,
|
|
which sets resource values, and
|
|
overrides corresponding resource-settings in your X resource files.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> provides the X Toolkit with a table of options.
|
|
A few of these are marked, telling the X Toolkit to ignore them
|
|
(<B>-help</B>,
|
|
<B>-version</B>,
|
|
<B>-class</B>,
|
|
<B>-e</B>, and
|
|
<B>-into</B>).
|
|
After the X Toolkit has parsed the command-line parameters,
|
|
it removes those which it handles,
|
|
leaving the specially-marked parameters for <I>xterm</I> to handle.
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
These options do not set a resource value,
|
|
and are handled specially:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="6"><B>-version</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This causes <I>xterm</I> to print a version number to the standard output,
|
|
and then exit.
|
|
<DT id="7"><B>-help</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This causes <I>xterm</I> to print out a verbose message describing its options,
|
|
one per line.
|
|
The message is written to the standard output.
|
|
After printing the message, <I>xterm</I> exits.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> generates this message, sorting it and noting whether
|
|
a ``<B>-</B><I>option</I>''
|
|
or a ``<B>+</B><I>option</I>'' turns the feature on or off,
|
|
since some features historically have been one or the other.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> generates a concise help message (multiple options per line)
|
|
when an unknown option is used, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
xterm -z
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="8"><DD>
|
|
If the logic for a particular option such as logging is not compiled
|
|
into <I>xterm</I>, the help text for that option also is not displayed
|
|
by the <B>-help</B> option.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>-version</B> and <B>-help</B> options are interpreted even if <I>xterm</I>
|
|
cannot open the display, and are useful for testing and configuration scripts.
|
|
Along with <B>-class</B>, they are checked before other options.
|
|
To do this, <I>xterm</I> has its own (much simpler) argument parser,
|
|
along with a table of the X Toolkit's built-in list of options.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Relying upon the X Toolkit to parse the options and associated values
|
|
has the advantages of simplicity and good integration with the X resource
|
|
mechanism.
|
|
There are a few drawbacks
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> cannot tell easily whether a resource value was set by
|
|
one of the external resource- or application-defaults files,
|
|
whether it was set using <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+xrdb">xrdb</A></B>(1),
|
|
or if it was set through the <B>-xrm</B> option
|
|
or via some directly relevant command-line option.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> sees only the end-result:
|
|
a value supplied when creating its widgets.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> does not know the order in which particular options and
|
|
items in resource files are evaluated.
|
|
Rather, it sees all of the values for a given widget at the same time.
|
|
In the design of these options,
|
|
some are deemed more important,
|
|
and can override other options.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="9"><DD>
|
|
The X Toolkit uses patterns (constants and wildcards) to match resources.
|
|
Once a particular pattern has been used,
|
|
it will not modify it.
|
|
To override a given setting,
|
|
a more-specific pattern must be used,
|
|
e.g., replacing ``*'' with ``.''.
|
|
Some poorly-designed resource files are too specific
|
|
to allow the command-line options to affect the relevant widget values.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
In a few cases,
|
|
the X Toolkit combines its standard options in ways which do not work
|
|
well with <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
This happens with the color (<B>-fg</B>, <B>-bg</B>) and reverse (<B>-rv</B>)
|
|
options.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> makes a special case of these and
|
|
adjusts its sense of ``reverse''
|
|
to lessen user surprise.
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
One parameter (after all options) may be given.
|
|
That overrides <I>xterm</I>'s built-in choice of shell program:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the parameter is not a relative path, i.e.,
|
|
beginning with ``./'' or ``../'',
|
|
<I>xterm</I> looks for the file in the user's PATH.
|
|
In either case, this check fails
|
|
if <I>xterm</I> cannot construct an absolute path.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If that check fails (or if no such parameter is given),
|
|
<I>xterm</I> next checks the ``SHELL'' variable.
|
|
If that specifies an executable file,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will attempt to start that.
|
|
However, <I>xterm</I> additionally checks if it is a valid shell,
|
|
and will unset ``SHELL'' if it is not.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If ``SHELL'' is not set to an executable file,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> tries to use the shell program specified
|
|
in the user's password file entry.
|
|
As before, <I>xterm</I> verifies if this is a valid shell.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finally, if the password file entry does not specify a valid shell,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> uses <I>/bin/sh</I>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>-e</B> option cannot be used with this parameter since
|
|
it uses all parameters following the option.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> validates shell programs by finding their pathname in
|
|
the text file <B>/etc/shells</B>.
|
|
It treats the environment variable ``SHELL'' specially because
|
|
(like ``TERM''), <I>xterm</I> both reads and updates the variable,
|
|
and because the program started by <I>xterm</I> is not necessarily a shell.
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The other options are used to control the appearance and behavior.
|
|
Not all options are necessarily configured into your copy of <I>xterm</I>:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="10"><B>-132</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Normally, the VT102 DECCOLM escape sequence that switches between 80 and
|
|
132 column mode is ignored.
|
|
This option causes the DECCOLM escape sequence to be recognized,
|
|
and the <I>xterm</I> window will resize appropriately.
|
|
<DT id="11"><B>-ah</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should always highlight the text cursor.
|
|
By default,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will display a hollow text cursor whenever the focus is lost or the
|
|
pointer leaves the window.
|
|
<DT id="12"><B>+ah</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that
|
|
<I>xterm</I> should do text cursor highlighting based on focus.
|
|
<DT id="13"><B>-ai</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option disables active icon support if that feature was compiled
|
|
into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
This is equivalent to setting the <I>vt100</I> resource
|
|
<B>activeIcon</B> to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="14"><B>+ai</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option enables active icon support if that feature was compiled
|
|
into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
This is equivalent to setting the <I>vt100</I> resource
|
|
<B>activeIcon</B> to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="15"><B>-aw</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that auto-wraparound should be allowed,
|
|
and is equivalent to setting the <I>vt100</I> resource
|
|
<B>autoWrap</B> to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="16"><DD>
|
|
Auto-wraparound
|
|
allows the cursor to automatically wrap to the beginning of the next
|
|
line when it is at the rightmost position of a line and text is
|
|
output.
|
|
<DT id="17"><B>+aw</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that auto-wraparound should not be allowed,
|
|
and is equivalent to setting the <I>vt100</I> resource
|
|
<B>autoWrap</B> to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="18"><B>-b</B><I> number</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the size of the inner border (the distance between
|
|
the outer edge of the characters and the window border) in pixels.
|
|
That is the <I>vt100</I> <B>internalBorder</B> resource.
|
|
The
|
|
default is ``2''.
|
|
<DT id="19"><B>-baudrate</B><I> number</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the line-speed, used to test the behavior of applications that
|
|
use the line-speed when optimizing their output to the screen.
|
|
The
|
|
default is ``38400''.
|
|
<DT id="20"><B>+bc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
turn off text cursor blinking.
|
|
This overrides the <B>cursorBlink</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="21"><B>-bc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
turn on text cursor blinking.
|
|
This overrides the <B>cursorBlink</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="22"><B>-bcf</B><I> milliseconds</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
set the amount of time text cursor is off when blinking via the
|
|
<B>cursorOffTime</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="23"><B>-bcn</B><I> milliseconds</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
set the amount of time text cursor is on when blinking via the
|
|
<B>cursorOnTime</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="24"><B>-bdc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the <I>vt100</I> resource <B>colorBDMode</B> to ``false'',
|
|
disabling the display of characters with bold attribute as color.
|
|
<DT id="25"><B>+bdc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the <I>vt100</I> resource <B>colorBDMode</B> to ``true'',
|
|
enabling the display of characters with bold attribute as color
|
|
rather than bold.
|
|
<DT id="26"><B>-cb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the <I>vt100</I> resource <B>cutToBeginningOfLine</B> to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="27"><B>+cb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the <I>vt100</I> resource <B>cutToBeginningOfLine</B> to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="28"><B>-cc </B><I>characterclassrange</I>:<I>value</I>[, ...]
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This sets classes indicated by the given ranges for using in selecting by
|
|
words (see <B>CHARACTER CLASSES</B> and the <B>charClass</B> resource).
|
|
<DT id="29"><B>-cjk_width</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the <B>cjkWidth</B> resource to ``true''.
|
|
When turned on, characters with East Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR 11
|
|
have a column width of 2.
|
|
Otherwise, they have a column width of 1.
|
|
This may be useful for some legacy CJK text
|
|
terminal-based programs assuming box drawings and others to have a column
|
|
width of 2.
|
|
It also should be turned on when you specify a TrueType
|
|
CJK double-width (bi-width/monospace) font either with <B>-fa</B> at
|
|
the command line or <B>faceName</B> resource.
|
|
The default is ``false''
|
|
<DT id="30"><B>+cjk_width</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Reset the <B>cjkWidth</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="31"><B>-class</B><I> string</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option allows you to override <I>xterm</I>'s resource class.
|
|
Normally it is ``XTerm'', but
|
|
can be set to another class such as
|
|
``UXTerm'' to override selected resources.
|
|
<DT id="32"><DD>
|
|
X Toolkit sets the <B>WM_CLASS</B> property using the instance name
|
|
and this class value.
|
|
<DT id="33"><B>-cm</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option disables recognition of ANSI color-change escape sequences.
|
|
It sets the <B>colorMode</B> resource to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="34"><B>+cm</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option enables recognition of ANSI color-change escape sequences.
|
|
This is the same as the <I>vt100</I> resource <B>colorMode</B>.
|
|
<DT id="35"><B>-cn</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that newlines should not be cut in line-mode
|
|
selections.
|
|
It sets the <B>cutNewline</B> resource to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="36"><B>+cn</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that newlines should be cut in line-mode selections.
|
|
It sets the <B>cutNewline</B> resource to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="37"><B>-cr</B><I> color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for text cursor.
|
|
The default is to
|
|
use the same foreground color that is used for text.
|
|
It sets the <B>cursorColor</B> resource according to the parameter.
|
|
<DT id="38"><B>-cu</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should work around a bug in the
|
|
<I><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+more">more</A></I>(1)
|
|
|
|
program that causes it
|
|
to incorrectly display lines that are exactly the width of the window and
|
|
are followed by a line beginning with a tab
|
|
(the leading tabs are not displayed).
|
|
This option is so named because it was originally thought to be a bug
|
|
in the
|
|
<I><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+curses">curses</A></I>(3x)
|
|
|
|
cursor motion package.
|
|
<DT id="39"><B>+cu</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should not work around the
|
|
<I><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+more">more</A></I>(1)
|
|
|
|
bug mentioned above.
|
|
<DT id="40"><B>-dc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option disables the escape sequence to change dynamic colors:
|
|
the vt100 foreground and background colors,
|
|
its text cursor color,
|
|
the pointer cursor foreground and background colors,
|
|
the Tektronix emulator foreground and background colors,
|
|
its text cursor color
|
|
and highlight color.
|
|
The option sets the <B>dynamicColors</B> option to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="41"><B>+dc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option enables the escape sequence to change dynamic colors.
|
|
The option sets the <B>dynamicColors</B> option to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="42"><B>-e</B><I> program </I>[ <I>arguments </I>... ]<I></I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the program (and its command line arguments) to be
|
|
run in the <I>xterm</I> window.
|
|
It also sets the window title and icon
|
|
name to be the basename of the program being executed if neither <I>-T</I>
|
|
nor <I>-n</I> are given on the command line.
|
|
<DT id="43"><DD>
|
|
<B>NOTE:</B> This must be the <B>last option</B> on the command line.
|
|
<DT id="44"><B>-en</B><I> encoding</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option determines the encoding on which <I>xterm</I> runs.
|
|
It sets the <B>locale</B> resource.
|
|
Encodings other than UTF-8 are supported by using <I>luit</I>.
|
|
The <B>-lc</B> option should be used instead of <B>-en</B> for
|
|
systems with locale support.
|
|
<DT id="45"><B>-fb</B><I> font</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies a font to be used when displaying bold text.
|
|
It sets the <B>boldFont</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="46"><DD>
|
|
This font must be the same height and width as the normal font,
|
|
otherwise it is ignored.
|
|
If only one of the normal or bold fonts is specified, it will be used as the
|
|
normal font and the bold font will be produced by overstriking this font.
|
|
<DT id="47"><DD>
|
|
See also the discussion of <B>boldMode</B> and <B>alwaysBoldMode</B> resources.
|
|
<DT id="48"><B>-fa</B><I> pattern</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option sets the pattern for fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>faceName</B> resource.
|
|
When a CJK
|
|
double-width font is specified, you also need to turn
|
|
on the <B>cjkWidth</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="49"><DD>
|
|
If you specify both <B>-fa</B> and the X Toolkit option <B>-fn</B>,
|
|
the <B>-fa</B> setting overrides the latter.
|
|
<DT id="50"><DD>
|
|
See also the <B>renderFont</B> resource,
|
|
which combines with this to determine whether FreeType fonts are
|
|
initially active.
|
|
<DT id="51"><B>-fbb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should
|
|
compare normal and bold fonts bounding
|
|
boxes to ensure they are compatible.
|
|
It sets the <B>freeBoldBox</B> resource to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="52"><B>+fbb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should not
|
|
compare normal and bold fonts bounding
|
|
boxes to ensure they are compatible.
|
|
It sets the <B>freeBoldBox</B> resource to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="53"><B>-fbx</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should not assume that the
|
|
normal and bold fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters.
|
|
If any are missing, <I>xterm</I> will draw the characters directly.
|
|
It sets the <B>forceBoxChars</B> resource to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="54"><B>+fbx</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should assume that the
|
|
normal and bold fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters.
|
|
It sets the <B>forceBoxChars</B> resource to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="55"><B>-fd</B><I> pattern</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option sets the pattern for double-width fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>faceNameDoublesize</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="56"><B>-fi</B><I> font</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option sets the font for active icons if that feature was compiled
|
|
into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
<DT id="57"><DD>
|
|
See also the discussion of the <B>iconFont</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="58"><B>-fs</B><I> size</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option sets the pointsize for fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>faceSize</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="59"><B>-fullscreen</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should ask the window manager to
|
|
let it use the full-screen for display,
|
|
e.g., without window decorations.
|
|
It sets the <B>fullscreen</B> resource to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="60"><B>+fullscreen</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should not ask the window manager to
|
|
let it use the full-screen for display.
|
|
It sets the <B>fullscreen</B> resource to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="61"><B>-fw </B><I>font</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying wide text.
|
|
By default,
|
|
it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to
|
|
draw normal text.
|
|
If no double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
|
|
the normal font.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>wideFont</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="62"><B>-fwb </B><I>font</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying bold wide text.
|
|
By default,
|
|
it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to
|
|
draw bold text.
|
|
If no double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
|
|
the bold font.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>wideBoldFont</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="63"><B>-fx </B><I>font</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying the preedit string
|
|
in the ``OverTheSpot'' input method.
|
|
<DT id="64"><DD>
|
|
See also the discussion of the <B>ximFont</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="65"><B>-hc</B><I> color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
(see <B>-selbg</B>).
|
|
<DT id="66"><B>-hf</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that HP function key escape codes should be generated
|
|
for function keys.
|
|
It sets the <B>hpFunctionKeys</B> resource to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="67"><B>+hf</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that HP function key escape codes should not be generated
|
|
for function keys.
|
|
It sets the <B>hpFunctionKeys</B> resource to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="68"><B>-hm</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> to use
|
|
<B>highlightTextColor</B> and <B>highlightColor</B>
|
|
to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection.
|
|
It sets the <B>highlightColorMode</B> resource to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="69"><B>+hm</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> not to use
|
|
<B>highlightTextColor</B> and <B>highlightColor</B>
|
|
to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection.
|
|
It sets the <B>highlightColorMode</B> resource to ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="70"><B>-hold</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn on the <B>hold</B> resource, i.e.,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will not immediately destroy its window
|
|
when the shell command completes.
|
|
It will wait until you use the window manager to destroy/kill the window, or
|
|
if you use the menu entries that send a signal, e.g., HUP or KILL.
|
|
<DT id="71"><B>+hold</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn off the <B>hold</B> resource, i.e.,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will immediately destroy its window when the shell command completes.
|
|
<DT id="72"><B>-ie</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn on the <B>ptyInitialErase</B> resource, i.e.,
|
|
use the pseudo-terminal's sense of the <I>stty</I> erase value.
|
|
<DT id="73"><B>+ie</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn off the <B>ptyInitialErase</B> resource, i.e.,
|
|
set the <I>stty</I> erase value using the <B>kb</B> string
|
|
from the termcap entry as a reference, if available.
|
|
<DT id="74"><B>-im</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn on the <B>useInsertMode</B> resource,
|
|
which forces use of insert mode by adding appropriate entries to the TERMCAP
|
|
environment variable.
|
|
(This option is ignored on most systems, because TERMCAP is not used).
|
|
<DT id="75"><B>+im</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn off the <B>useInsertMode</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="76"><B>-into</B><I> windowId</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Given an X window identifier (an integer, which can be hexadecimal,
|
|
octal or decimal according to whether it begins with "0x", "0" or neither),
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will reparent its top-level shell widget to that window.
|
|
This is used to embed <I>xterm</I> within other applications.
|
|
<DT id="77"><DD>
|
|
For instance, there are scripts for Tcl/Tk and Gtk which can be used
|
|
to demonstrate the feature.
|
|
When using Gtk, there is a limitation of that toolkit which requires
|
|
that <I>xterm</I>'s <B>allowSendEvents</B> resource is enabled.
|
|
<DT id="78"><B>-itc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the <I>vt100</I> resource <B>colorITMode</B> to ``false'',
|
|
disabling the display of characters with italic attribute as color.
|
|
<DT id="79"><B>+itc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the <I>vt100</I> resource <B>colorITMode</B> to ``true'',
|
|
enabling the display of characters with italic attribute as color
|
|
rather than italic.
|
|
<DT id="80"><B>-j</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should do jump scrolling.
|
|
It corresponds to the <B>jumpScroll</B> resource.
|
|
Normally,
|
|
text is scrolled one line at a time; this option allows <I>xterm</I> to move
|
|
multiple lines at a time so that it does not fall as far behind.
|
|
Its use is
|
|
strongly recommended since it makes <I>xterm</I> much faster when scanning
|
|
through large amounts of text.
|
|
The VT100 escape sequences for enabling and
|
|
disabling smooth scroll as well as the <B>VT Options</B>
|
|
menu can be used to turn this
|
|
feature on or off.
|
|
<DT id="81"><B>+j</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should not do jump scrolling.
|
|
<DT id="82"><B>-k8</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option sets the <B>allowC1Printable</B> resource.
|
|
When <B>allowC1Printable</B> is set, <I>xterm</I> overrides the mapping
|
|
of C1 control characters (code 128-159) to treat them as printable.
|
|
<DT id="83"><B>+k8</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option resets the <B>allowC1Printable</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="84"><B>-kt</B><I> keyboardtype</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option sets the <B>keyboardType</B> resource.
|
|
Possible values include:
|
|
``unknown'',
|
|
``default'',
|
|
``legacy'',
|
|
``hp'',
|
|
``sco'',
|
|
``sun'',
|
|
``tcap'' and
|
|
``vt220''.
|
|
<DT id="85"><DD>
|
|
The value ``unknown'',
|
|
causes the corresponding resource to be ignored.
|
|
<DT id="86"><DD>
|
|
The value ``default'',
|
|
suppresses the associated resources
|
|
<DT id="87"><DD>
|
|
<B>hpFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>scoFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>sunFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>tcapFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>oldXtermFKeys</B>
|
|
and
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>sunKeyboard</B>,
|
|
<DT id="88"><DD>
|
|
using the Sun/PC keyboard layout.
|
|
<DT id="89"><B>-l</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn logging on, unless disabled by the <B>logInhibit</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="90"><DD>
|
|
Some versions of <I>xterm</I> may have logging enabled.
|
|
However, normally logging is not supported,
|
|
due to security concerns in the early 1990s.
|
|
That was a problem in X11R4 <B>xterm</B> (1989) which was addressed by
|
|
a patch to X11R5 late in 1993.
|
|
X11R6 included these fixes.
|
|
The older version (when running with <I>root</I> privilege) would create
|
|
the log file using <I>root</I> privilege.
|
|
The reason why <I>xterm</I> ran with <I>root</I> privileges
|
|
was to open pseudo-terminals.
|
|
Those privileges are now needed only on very old systems:
|
|
Unix98 pseudo-terminals made the BSD scheme unnecessary.
|
|
<DT id="91"><DD>
|
|
Unless overridden by the <B>-lf</B> option or the <B>logFile</B> resource:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="92"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the filename is ``-'', then logging is sent to the standard output.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise a filename is generated, and
|
|
the log file is written to the directory from which <I>xterm</I> is invoked.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The generated filename is of the form
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
XtermLog.<I>XXXXXX</I>
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="93"><DD>
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
Xterm.log.<I>hostname.yyyy.mm.dd.hh.mm.ss.XXXXXX</I>
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="94"><DD>
|
|
depending on how <I>xterm</I> was built.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="95"><B>+l</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn logging off.
|
|
<DT id="96"><B>-lc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn on support of various encodings according to the users'
|
|
locale setting, i.e., LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG environment variables.
|
|
This is achieved by turning on UTF-8 mode and by invoking <I>luit</I> for
|
|
conversion between locale encodings and UTF-8.
|
|
(<I>luit</I> is not invoked in UTF-8 locales.)
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>locale</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="97"><DD>
|
|
The actual list of encodings which are supported is determined by <I>luit</I>.
|
|
Consult the <I>luit</I> manual page for further details.
|
|
<DT id="98"><DD>
|
|
See also the discussion of the <B>-u8</B> option which supports UTF-8 locales.
|
|
<DT id="99"><B>+lc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn off support of automatic selection of locale encodings.
|
|
Conventional 8bit mode or, in UTF-8 locales or with <B>-u8</B> option,
|
|
UTF-8 mode will be used.
|
|
<DT id="100"><B>-lcc</B><I> path</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
File name for the encoding converter from/to locale encodings
|
|
and UTF-8 which is used with <B>-lc</B> option or <B>locale</B> resource.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>localeFilter</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="101"><B>-leftbar</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Force scrollbar to the left side of VT100 screen.
|
|
This is the default, unless you have set the rightScrollBar resource.
|
|
<DT id="102"><B>-lf</B><I> filename</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the log filename.
|
|
This sets the <B>logFile</B> resource.
|
|
If set to ``-'',
|
|
<I>xterm</I> writes its log to the standard output.
|
|
See the <B>-l</B> option.
|
|
<DT id="103"><B>-ls</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that the shell that is started in the <I>xterm</I> window
|
|
will be a login shell (i.e., the first character of argv[0] will be a dash,
|
|
indicating to the shell that it should read the user's .login or .profile).
|
|
<DT id="104"><DD>
|
|
The <B>-ls</B> flag and the <B>loginShell</B> resource
|
|
are ignored if <B>-e</B> is also given,
|
|
because <I>xterm</I> does not know how to make the shell
|
|
start the given command after whatever it does when it is a login
|
|
shell - the user's shell of choice need not be a Bourne shell after all.
|
|
Also, <I>xterm -e</I> is supposed to provide a consistent
|
|
functionality for other applications that need to start text-mode
|
|
programs in a window, and if <B>loginShell</B> were not ignored, the
|
|
result of ~/.profile might interfere with that.
|
|
<DT id="105"><DD>
|
|
If you do want the effect of <B>-ls</B> and <B>-e</B> simultaneously, you
|
|
may get away with something like
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
xterm -e /bin/bash -l -c "my command here"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="106"><DD>
|
|
Finally, <B>-ls</B> is not completely ignored,
|
|
because <I>xterm -ls -e</I> does write a <I>/var/log/wtmp</I> entry
|
|
(if configured to do so),
|
|
whereas <I>xterm -e</I> does not.
|
|
<DT id="107"><B>-maximized</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should ask the window manager to
|
|
maximize its layout on startup.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>maximized</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="108"><DD>
|
|
Maximizing is not the reverse of iconifying;
|
|
it is possible to do both with certain window managers.
|
|
<DT id="109"><B>+maximized</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should ask the window manager to
|
|
not maximize its layout on startup.
|
|
<DT id="110"><B>+ls</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that the shell that is started should not be a login
|
|
shell (i.e., it will be a normal ``subshell'').
|
|
<DT id="111"><B>-mb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should ring a margin bell when
|
|
the user types near the right end of a line.
|
|
<DT id="112"><B>+mb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that margin bell should not be rung.
|
|
<DT id="113"><B>-mc</B><I> milliseconds</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the maximum time between multi-click selections.
|
|
<DT id="114"><B>-mesg</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn off the <B>messages</B> resource, i.e.,
|
|
disallow write access to the terminal.
|
|
<DT id="115"><B>+mesg</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Turn on the <B>messages</B> resource, i.e.,
|
|
allow write access to the terminal.
|
|
<DT id="116"><B>-mk_width</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the <B>mkWidth</B> resource to ``true''.
|
|
This makes <I>xterm</I> use a built-in version of the wide-character width
|
|
calculation.
|
|
The default is ``false''
|
|
<DT id="117"><B>+mk_width</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Reset the <B>mkWidth</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="118"><B>-ms</B><I> color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the color to be used for the pointer cursor.
|
|
The default
|
|
is to use the foreground color.
|
|
This sets the <B>pointerColor</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="119"><B>-nb</B><I> number</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the number of characters from the right end of a line
|
|
at which the margin bell, if enabled, will ring.
|
|
The default is ``10''.
|
|
<DT id="120"><B>-nul</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option disables the display of underlining.
|
|
<DT id="121"><B>+nul</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option enables the display of underlining.
|
|
<DT id="122"><B>-pc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option enables the PC-style use of bold colors
|
|
(see <B>boldColors</B> resource).
|
|
<DT id="123"><B>+pc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option disables the PC-style use of bold colors.
|
|
<DT id="124"><B>-pob</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that the window should be raised whenever a
|
|
Control-G is received.
|
|
<DT id="125"><B>+pob</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that the window should not be raised whenever a
|
|
Control-G is received.
|
|
<DT id="126"><B>-report-charclass</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Print a report to the standard output showing information about the
|
|
character-classes which can be altered using the <B>charClass</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="127"><B>-report-colors</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Print a report to the standard output showing information about colors
|
|
as <I>xterm</I> allocates them.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>reportColors</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="128"><B>-report-fonts</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Print a report to the standard output showing information about fonts
|
|
which are loaded.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>reportFonts</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="129"><B>-report-icons</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Print a report to the standard output showing information about pixmap-icons
|
|
which are loaded.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>reportIcons</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="130"><B>-report-xres</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Print a report to the standard output showing the values
|
|
of boolean, numeric or string X resources for the VT100 widget when
|
|
initialization is complete.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>reportXRes</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="131"><B>-rightbar</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Force scrollbar to the right side of VT100 screen.
|
|
<DT id="132"><B>-rvc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option disables the display of characters with reverse attribute as color.
|
|
<DT id="133"><B>+rvc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option enables the display of characters with reverse attribute as color.
|
|
<DT id="134"><B>-rw</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that reverse-wraparound should be allowed.
|
|
This allows
|
|
the cursor to back up from the leftmost column of one line to the rightmost
|
|
column of the previous line.
|
|
This is very useful for editing long shell
|
|
command lines and is encouraged.
|
|
This option can be turned on and off from
|
|
the <B>VT Options</B> menu.
|
|
<DT id="135"><B>+rw</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that reverse-wraparound should not be allowed.
|
|
<DT id="136"><B>-s</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> may scroll asynchronously, meaning that
|
|
the screen does not have to be kept completely up to date while scrolling.
|
|
This allows <I>xterm</I> to run faster when network latencies are very high
|
|
and is typically useful when running across a very large internet or many
|
|
gateways.
|
|
<DT id="137"><B>+s</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should scroll synchronously.
|
|
<DT id="138"><B>-samename</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Does not send title and icon name change requests when the request
|
|
would have no effect: the name is not changed.
|
|
This has the advantage
|
|
of preventing flicker and the disadvantage of requiring an extra
|
|
round trip to the server to find out the previous value.
|
|
In practice
|
|
this should never be a problem.
|
|
<DT id="139"><B>+samename</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Always send title and icon name change requests.
|
|
<DT id="140"><B>-sb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that some number of lines that are scrolled off the top
|
|
of the window should be saved and that a scrollbar should be displayed so that
|
|
those lines can be viewed.
|
|
This option may be turned on and off from the <B>VT Options</B> menu.
|
|
<DT id="141"><B>+sb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that a scrollbar should not be displayed.
|
|
<DT id="142"><B>-selbg</B><I> color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for the background of selected text.
|
|
If not specified, reverse video is used.
|
|
See the discussion of the <B>highlightColor</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="143"><B>-selfg</B><I> color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for selected text.
|
|
If not specified, reverse video is used.
|
|
See the discussion of the <B>highlightTextColor</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="144"><B>-sf</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that Sun function key escape codes should be generated
|
|
for function keys.
|
|
<DT id="145"><B>+sf</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that the standard escape codes should be generated for
|
|
function keys.
|
|
<DT id="146"><B>-sh</B><I> number</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
scale line-height values by the given number.
|
|
See the discussion of the <B>scaleHeight</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="147"><B>-si</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that output to a window should not automatically
|
|
reposition the screen to the bottom of the scrolling region.
|
|
This option can be turned on and off from the <B>VT Options</B> menu.
|
|
<DT id="148"><B>+si</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that output to a window should cause it to
|
|
scroll to the bottom.
|
|
<DT id="149"><B>-sk</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that pressing a key while
|
|
using the scrollbar to review previous lines of text should
|
|
cause the window to be repositioned automatically in the normal position at the
|
|
bottom of the scroll region.
|
|
<DT id="150"><B>+sk</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that pressing a key while using the scrollbar
|
|
should not cause the window to be repositioned.
|
|
<DT id="151"><B>-sl</B><I> number</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the number of lines to save that have been scrolled
|
|
off the top of the screen.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>saveLines</B> resource.
|
|
The default is ``1024''.
|
|
<DT id="152"><B>-sm</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option, corresponding to the <B>sessionMgt</B> resource,
|
|
indicates that <I>xterm</I> should
|
|
set up session manager callbacks.
|
|
<DT id="153"><B>+sm</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should
|
|
not set up session manager callbacks.
|
|
<DT id="154"><B>-sp</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that Sun/PC keyboard should be assumed,
|
|
providing mapping for keypad ``+'' to ``,'', and
|
|
CTRL-F1 to F13, CTRL-F2 to F14, etc.
|
|
<DT id="155"><B>+sp</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that the standard escape codes should be generated for
|
|
keypad and function keys.
|
|
<DT id="156"><B>-t</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should start in Tektronix mode, rather
|
|
than in VT<I>xxx</I> mode.
|
|
Switching between the two windows is done using the
|
|
``Options'' menus.
|
|
<DT id="157"><DD>
|
|
Terminal database (<I>terminfo</I> (5) or <I>termcap</I> (5))
|
|
entries that work with <I>xterm</I> are:
|
|
<DT id="158"><DD>
|
|
``tek4014'',
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``tek4015'',
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``tek4012'',
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``tek4013'',
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``tek4010'', and
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
``dumb''.
|
|
<DT id="159"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> automatically searches the terminal database in this order
|
|
for these entries and then
|
|
sets the ``TERM'' variable
|
|
(and the ``TERMCAP'' environment variable, if relevant).
|
|
<DT id="160"><B>+t</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should start in VT<I>xxx</I> mode.
|
|
<DT id="161"><B>-tb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option, corresponding to the <B>toolBar</B> resource,
|
|
indicates that <I>xterm</I> should display a toolbar (or menubar)
|
|
at the top of its window.
|
|
The buttons in the toolbar correspond to
|
|
the popup menus, e.g., control/left/mouse for <B>Main Options</B>.
|
|
<DT id="162"><B>+tb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should
|
|
not set up a toolbar.
|
|
<DT id="163"><B>-ti</B><I> term_id</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the name used by <I>xterm</I> to select the
|
|
correct response to terminal ID queries.
|
|
It also specifies the emulation level,
|
|
used to determine the type of response to a DA control sequence.
|
|
Valid values include vt52, vt100, vt101, vt102, vt220, and vt240
|
|
(the ``vt'' is optional).
|
|
The default is ``vt420''.
|
|
The <I>term_id</I> argument specifies the terminal ID to use.
|
|
(This is the same as the <B>decTerminalID</B> resource).
|
|
<DT id="164"><B>-tm</B><I> string</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies a series of terminal setting keywords followed by the
|
|
characters that should be bound to those functions, similar to the <I>stty</I>
|
|
program.
|
|
The keywords and their values are described in detail in the <B>ttyModes</B>
|
|
resource.
|
|
<DT id="165"><B>-tn</B><I> name</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the name of the terminal type to be set in the TERM
|
|
environment variable.
|
|
It corresponds to the <B>termName</B> resource.
|
|
This terminal type must exist in the terminal
|
|
database
|
|
(termcap or terminfo, depending on how <I>xterm</I> is built)
|
|
and should have <I>li#</I> and <I>co#</I> entries.
|
|
If the terminal type is not found, <I>xterm</I> uses the built-in list
|
|
``xterm'', ``vt102'', etc.
|
|
<DT id="166"><B>-u8</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option sets the <B>utf8</B> resource.
|
|
When <B>utf8</B> is set, <I>xterm</I> interprets incoming data as UTF-8.
|
|
This sets the <B>wideChars</B> resource as a side-effect,
|
|
but the UTF-8 mode set by this option prevents it from being turned off.
|
|
If you must turn UTF-8 encoding on and off,
|
|
use the <B>-wc</B> option or the corresponding <B>wideChars</B> resource,
|
|
rather than the <B>-u8</B> option.
|
|
<DT id="167"><DD>
|
|
This option and the <B>utf8</B> resource are overridden by
|
|
the <B>-lc</B> and <B>-en</B> options and <B>locale</B> resource.
|
|
That is, if <I>xterm</I> has been compiled to support <I>luit</I>,
|
|
and the <B>locale</B> resource is not ``false''
|
|
this option is ignored.
|
|
We recommend using
|
|
the <B>-lc</B> option or the ``<B>locale: true</B>'' resource
|
|
in UTF-8 locales when your operating system supports locale,
|
|
or <B>-en UTF-8</B> option or the ``<B>locale: UTF-8</B>'' resource
|
|
when your operating system does not support locale.
|
|
<DT id="168"><B>+u8</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option resets the <B>utf8</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="169"><B>-uc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option makes the cursor underlined instead of a box.
|
|
<DT id="170"><B>+uc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option makes the cursor a box instead of underlined.
|
|
<DT id="171"><B>-ulc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option disables the display of characters with underline attribute as
|
|
color rather than with underlining.
|
|
<DT id="172"><B>+ulc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option enables the display of characters with underline attribute as
|
|
color rather than with underlining.
|
|
<DT id="173"><B>-ulit</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option, corresponding to the <B>italicULMode</B> resource,
|
|
disables the display of characters with underline attribute as
|
|
italics rather than with underlining.
|
|
<DT id="174"><B>+ulit</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option, corresponding to the <B>italicULMode</B> resource,
|
|
enables the display of characters with underline attribute as
|
|
italics rather than with underlining.
|
|
<DT id="175"><B>-ut</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should not write a record into
|
|
the system <I>utmp</I> log file.
|
|
<DT id="176"><B>+ut</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should write a record into
|
|
the system <I>utmp</I> log file.
|
|
<DT id="177"><B>-vb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that a visual bell is preferred over an audible one.
|
|
Instead of ringing the terminal bell whenever a Control-G is received, the
|
|
window will be flashed.
|
|
<DT id="178"><B>+vb</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that a visual bell should not be used.
|
|
<DT id="179"><B>-wc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option sets the <B>wideChars</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="180"><DD>
|
|
When <B>wideChars</B> is set,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> maintains internal structures for 16-bit characters.
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is not started in UTF-8 mode (or if this resource is not set),
|
|
initially it maintains those structures to support 8-bit characters.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> can later be switched,
|
|
using a menu entry or control sequence,
|
|
causing it to reallocate those structures to support 16-bit characters.
|
|
<DT id="181"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="182"><B>+wc</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option resets the <B>wideChars</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="183"><B>-wf</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should wait for the window to be mapped
|
|
the first time before starting the subprocess so that the initial terminal
|
|
size settings and environment variables are correct.
|
|
It is the application's
|
|
responsibility to catch subsequent terminal size changes.
|
|
<DT id="184"><B>+wf</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should not wait before starting the
|
|
subprocess.
|
|
<DT id="185"><B>-ziconbeep </B><I>percent</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Same as <B>zIconBeep</B> resource.
|
|
If percent is non-zero, xterms that produce output while iconified
|
|
will cause an XBell sound at the given volume
|
|
and have ``***'' prepended to their icon titles.
|
|
Most window managers will detect this change immediately, showing you
|
|
which window has the output.
|
|
(A similar feature was in x10 <I>xterm</I>.)
|
|
<DT id="186"><B>-C</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that this window should receive console output.
|
|
This
|
|
is not supported on all systems.
|
|
To obtain console output, you must be the
|
|
owner of the console device, and you must have read and write permission
|
|
for it.
|
|
If you are running X under <I>xdm</I> on the console screen you may
|
|
need to have the session startup and reset programs explicitly change the
|
|
ownership of the console device in order to get this option to work.
|
|
<DT id="187"><B>-S</B><I>ccn</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option allows <I>xterm</I> to be used as an input and
|
|
output channel for an existing program and is sometimes used in specialized
|
|
applications.
|
|
The option value specifies the last few letters of the name of a pseudo-terminal
|
|
to use in slave mode, plus the number of the inherited file descriptor.
|
|
If the option contains a ``/'' character, that delimits the characters
|
|
used for the pseudo-terminal name from the file descriptor.
|
|
Otherwise, exactly two characters are used from the option for
|
|
the pseudo-terminal name, the remainder is the file descriptor.
|
|
Examples
|
|
(the first two are equivalent
|
|
since the descriptor follows the last ``/''):
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
-S/dev/pts/123/45
|
|
-S123/45
|
|
-Sab34
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="188"><DD>
|
|
Note that <I>xterm</I> does not close any file descriptor
|
|
which it did not open for its own use.
|
|
It is possible (though probably not portable) to have an application
|
|
which passes an open file descriptor down to <I>xterm</I> past the
|
|
initialization or the <B>-S</B> option to a process running in the <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbAH"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Old Options</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The following command line arguments are provided for compatibility with
|
|
older versions.
|
|
They may not be supported in the next release as the X
|
|
Toolkit provides standard options that accomplish the same task.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="189"><B>%</B><I>geom</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the preferred size and position of the Tektronix window.
|
|
It is shorthand for specifying the ``<B>tekGeometry</B>'' resource.
|
|
<DT id="190"><B>#</B><I>geom</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the preferred position of the icon window.
|
|
It is shorthand for specifying the ``<B>iconGeometry</B>'' resource.
|
|
<DT id="191"><B>-T</B><I> string</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the title for <I>xterm</I>'s windows.
|
|
It is equivalent to <B>-title</B>.
|
|
<DT id="192"><B>-n</B><I> string</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the icon name for <I>xterm</I>'s windows.
|
|
It is shorthand for specifying the ``<B>iconName</B>'' resource.
|
|
Note that this is not the same as the toolkit option <B>-name</B>.
|
|
The default icon name is the application name.
|
|
<DT id="193"><DD>
|
|
If no suitable icon is found, <I>xterm</I> provides a compiled-in pixmap.
|
|
<DT id="194"><DD>
|
|
X Toolkit sets the <B>WM_ICON_NAME</B> property using this value.
|
|
<DT id="195"><B>-r</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that reverse video should be simulated by swapping
|
|
the foreground and background colors.
|
|
It is equivalent to
|
|
<B>-rv</B>.
|
|
<DT id="196"><B>-w</B><I> number</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the width in pixels of the border surrounding the window.
|
|
It is equivalent to <B>-borderwidth</B> or <B>-bw</B>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbAI"> </A>
|
|
<H3>X Toolkit Options</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The following standard X Toolkit command line arguments are commonly used
|
|
with <I>xterm</I>:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="197"><B>-bd </B><I>color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for the border of the window.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is <B>borderColor</B>.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> uses the X Toolkit default, which is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="198"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I>'s VT100 window has two borders:
|
|
the <I>inner</I> border <B>internalBorder</B>
|
|
and the <I>outer</I> border <B>borderWidth</B>, managed by the X Toolkit.
|
|
<DT id="199"><DD>
|
|
Normally <I>xterm</I> fills the inner border using the VT100 window's
|
|
background color.
|
|
If the <B>colorInnerBorder</B> resource is enabled,
|
|
then <I>xterm</I> may fill the inner border using the <B>borderColor</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="200"><B>-bg </B><I>color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for the background of the window.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is <I>background</I>.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultBackground''.
|
|
<DT id="201"><B>-bw </B><I>number</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the width in pixels of the border surrounding the window.
|
|
<DT id="202"><DD>
|
|
This appears to be a legacy of older X releases.
|
|
It sets the <B>borderWidth</B> resource of the shell widget,
|
|
and may provide advice to your window manager to set the thickness of the
|
|
window frame.
|
|
Most window managers do not use this information.
|
|
See the <B>-b</B> option, which controls the inner border of the <I>xterm</I>
|
|
window.
|
|
<DT id="203"><B>-display </B><I>display</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the X server to contact; see <A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?7+X">X</A>(7).
|
|
<DT id="204"><B>-fg </B><I>color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for displaying text.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is <I>foreground</I>.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="205"><B>-fn </B><I>font</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying normal text.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is <I>font</I>.
|
|
The resource value default is <I>fixed</I>.
|
|
<DT id="206"><B>-font </B><I>font</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This is the same as <B>-fn</B>.
|
|
<DT id="207"><B>-geometry </B><I>geometry</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the preferred size and position of the VT<I>xxx</I> window;
|
|
see <A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?7+X">X</A>(7).
|
|
<DT id="208"><DD>
|
|
The normal geometry specification can be suffixed with <B>@</B> followed by a
|
|
Xinerama screen specification; it can be either <B>g</B> for the global
|
|
screen (default), <B>c</B> for the current screen or a screen number.
|
|
<DT id="209"><B>-iconic</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
This option indicates that <I>xterm</I> should ask the window manager to
|
|
start it as an icon rather than as the normal window.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is <I>iconic</I>.
|
|
<DT id="210"><B>-name </B><I>name</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the application name under which resources are to be
|
|
obtained, rather than the default executable file name.
|
|
<I>Name</I> should not contain ``.'' or ``*'' characters.
|
|
<DT id="211"><B>-rv</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option indicates that reverse video should be simulated by swapping
|
|
the foreground and background colors.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is <B>reverseVideo</B>.
|
|
<DT id="212"><B>+rv</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Disable the simulation of reverse video by swapping foreground and background
|
|
colors.
|
|
<DT id="213"><B>-title </B><I>string</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the window title string, which may be displayed by
|
|
window managers if the user so chooses.
|
|
It is shorthand for specifying the ``<B>title</B>'' resource.
|
|
The default title is the command
|
|
line specified after the <B>-e</B> option, if any, otherwise the application
|
|
name.
|
|
<DT id="214"><DD>
|
|
X Toolkit sets the <B>WM_NAME</B> property using this value.
|
|
<DT id="215"><B>-xrm </B><I>resourcestring</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies a resource string to be used.
|
|
This is especially
|
|
useful for setting resources that do not have separate command line options.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
X Toolkit accepts alternate names for a few of these options, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
``<B>-background</B>'' for ``<B>-bg</B>''
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
``<B>-font</B>'' for ``<B>-fn</B>''
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
``<B>-foreground</B>'' for ``<B>-fg</B>''
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Abbreviated options also are supported, e.g.,
|
|
``<B>-v</B>'' for ``<B>-verbose</B>.''
|
|
<A NAME="lbAJ"> </A>
|
|
<H2>RESOURCES</H2>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> understands all of the core X Toolkit resource names and classes.
|
|
Application specific resources
|
|
(e.g., ``<B>XTerm.</B><I>NAME</I>'') follow:
|
|
<A NAME="lbAK"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Application Resources</H3>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="216"><B>backarrowKeyIsErase</B> (class<B> BackarrowKeyIsErase</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tie the VT<I>xxx</I> <B>backarrowKey</B> and <B>ptyInitialErase</B> resources
|
|
together by setting the DECBKM state according to whether
|
|
the <I>initial erase</I> character is a backspace (8) or delete (127) character.
|
|
A ``false'' value disables this feature.
|
|
The default is ``True''.
|
|
<DT id="217"><DD>
|
|
Here are tables showing how the initial settings for
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="218"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<B>backarrowKeyIsErase</B> (BKIE),
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<B>backarrowKey</B> (BK), and
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<B>ptyInitialErase</B> (PIE), along with the
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>stty</I> erase character (^H for backspace, ^? for delete)
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="219"><DD>
|
|
will affect DECBKM.
|
|
First, <I>xterm</I> obtains the initial <I>erase</I> character:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="220"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>xterm</I>'s internal value is ^H
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>xterm</I> asks the operating system for the value which <B>stty</B> shows
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
the <B>ttyModes</B> resource may override <I>erase</I>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
if <B>ptyInitialErase</B> is false, <I>xterm</I> will look in the terminal database
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="221"><DD>
|
|
Summarizing that as a table:
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><B>PIE</B></TD><TD><B>stty</B></TD><TD><B>termcap</B></TD><TD><I>erase</I><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="222"><DD>
|
|
Using that <I>erase</I> character, <I>xterm</I> allows further choices:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="223"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
if <B>backarrowKeyIsErase</B> is true, <I>xterm</I> uses the <I>erase</I>
|
|
character for the initial state of <B>DECBKM</B>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
if <B>backarrowKeyIsErase</B> is false, <I>xterm</I> sets <B>DECBKM</B>
|
|
to 2 (internal).
|
|
This ties together <B>backarrowKey</B>
|
|
and the control sequence for <B>DECBKM</B>.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
applications can send a control sequence to set/reset <B>DECBKM</B> control set
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
the ``Backarrow Key (BS/DEL)'' menu entry toggles <B>DECBKM</B>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="224"><DD>
|
|
Summarizing the initialization details:
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><I>erase</I></TD><TD><B>BKIE</B></TD><TD><B>BK</B></TD><TD><B>DECBKM</B></TD><TD><I>result</I><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>true</TD><TD ALIGN=center>2</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD ALIGN=center>0</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=center>^?</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>true</TD><TD ALIGN=center>1</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>false</TD><TD ALIGN=center>2</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>true</TD><TD ALIGN=center>2</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^?<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD ALIGN=center>0</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=center>^H</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>true</TD><TD ALIGN=center>1</TD><TD ALIGN=center>^H<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="225"><B>buffered</B> (class<B> Buffered</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Normally <I>xterm</I> is built with double-buffer support.
|
|
This resource can be used to turn it on or off.
|
|
Setting the resource to
|
|
``true''
|
|
turns double-buffering on.
|
|
The default value is ``False''.
|
|
<DT id="226"><B>bufferedFPS</B> (class<B> BufferedFPS</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When <I>xterm</I> is built with double-buffer support,
|
|
this gives the maximum number of frames/second.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``40''
|
|
and is limited to the range 1 through 100.
|
|
<DT id="227"><B>fullscreen</B> (class<B> Fullscreen</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not <I>xterm</I> should ask the window manager to
|
|
use a fullscreen layout on startup.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="228"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="229">false (0)<DD>
|
|
Fullscreen layout is not used initially,
|
|
but may be later via menu-selection or control sequence.
|
|
<DT id="230">true (1)<DD>
|
|
Fullscreen layout is used initially,
|
|
but may be disabled later via menu-selection or control sequence.
|
|
<DT id="231">always (2)<DD>
|
|
Fullscreen layout is used initially,
|
|
and cannot be disabled later via menu-selection or control sequence.
|
|
<DT id="232">never (3)<DD>
|
|
Fullscreen layout is not used,
|
|
and cannot be enabled later via menu-selection or control sequence.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="233"><DD>
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false''.
|
|
<DT id="234"><B>hold</B> (class<B> Hold</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will not immediately destroy its window
|
|
when the shell command completes.
|
|
It will wait until you use the window manager to destroy/kill the window, or
|
|
if you use the menu entries that send a signal, e.g., HUP or KILL.
|
|
You may scroll back, select text, etc., to perform most graphical operations.
|
|
Resizing the display will lose data, however, since this involves interaction
|
|
with the shell which is no longer running.
|
|
<DT id="235"><B>hpFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> HpFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not HP function key escape codes should be generated for
|
|
function keys.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false'', i.e., this feature is disabled.
|
|
<DT id="236"><DD>
|
|
The <B>keyboardType</B> resource is the preferred mechanism
|
|
for selecting this mode.
|
|
<DT id="237"><B>iconGeometry</B> (class<B> IconGeometry</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the preferred size and position of the application when iconified.
|
|
It is not necessarily obeyed by all window managers.
|
|
<DT id="238"><B>iconHint</B> (class<B> IconHint</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies an icon which will be added to the window manager hints.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> provides no default value.
|
|
<DT id="239"><DD>
|
|
Set this resource to ``none'' to omit the hint entirely,
|
|
using whatever the window manager may decide.
|
|
<DT id="240"><DD>
|
|
If the <B>iconHint</B> resource is given (or is set via the <B>-n</B> option)
|
|
<I>xterm</I> searches for a pixmap file with that name,
|
|
in the current directory as well as in /usr/share/pixmaps.
|
|
if the resource does not specify an absolute pathname.
|
|
In each case, <I>xterm</I> adds ``_48x48''
|
|
and/or ``.xpm'' to the filename
|
|
after trying without those suffixes.
|
|
If it is able to load the file, <I>xterm</I> sets the window manager
|
|
hint for the icon-pixmap.
|
|
These pixmaps are distributed with <I>xterm</I>, and can optionally be
|
|
compiled-in:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="241"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
mini.xterm_16x16,
|
|
mini.xterm_32x32,
|
|
mini.xterm_48x48
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
filled-xterm_16x16,
|
|
filled-xterm_32x32,
|
|
filled-xterm_48x48
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
xterm_16x16,
|
|
xterm_32x32,
|
|
xterm_48x48
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
xterm-color_16x16,
|
|
xterm-color_32x32,
|
|
xterm-color_48x48
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="242"><DD>
|
|
In either case, <I>xterm</I> allows for adding a ``_48x48'' to specify the
|
|
largest of the pixmaps as a default.
|
|
That is, ``mini.xterm'' is the same as ``mini.xterm_48x48''.
|
|
<DT id="243"><DD>
|
|
If no explicit <B>iconHint</B> resource is given
|
|
(or if none of the compiled-in names matches),
|
|
<I>xterm</I> uses ``mini.xterm'' (which is always compiled-in).
|
|
<DT id="244"><DD>
|
|
The <B>iconHint</B> resource has no effect on ``desktop'' files,
|
|
including ``panel'' and ``menu''.
|
|
Those are typically set via a ``.desktop'' file;
|
|
<I>xterm</I> provides samples for itself (and the <I>uxterm</I> script).
|
|
The more capable desktop systems allow changing the icon on a per-user basis.
|
|
<DT id="245"><B>iconName</B> (class<B> IconName</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies a label for <I>xterm</I> when iconified.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> provides no default value;
|
|
some window managers may assume the application name, e.g., ``xterm''.
|
|
<DT id="246"><DD>
|
|
Setting the <B>iconName</B> resource sets the icon label
|
|
unless overridden by <B>zIconBeep</B>
|
|
or the control sequences which change the window and icon labels.
|
|
<DT id="247"><B>keyboardType</B> (class<B> KeyboardType</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enables one (or none) of the various keyboard-type resources:
|
|
<B>hpFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<B>scoFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<B>sunFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<B>tcapFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<B>oldXtermFKeys</B> and
|
|
<B>sunKeyboard</B>.
|
|
<DT id="248"><DD>
|
|
The resource's value should be one of the corresponding strings
|
|
``hp'',
|
|
``sco'',
|
|
``sun'',
|
|
``tcap'',
|
|
``legacy'' or
|
|
``vt220'', respectively.
|
|
<DT id="249"><DD>
|
|
The individual resources are provided for legacy support;
|
|
this resource is simpler to use.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> will use only one keyboard-type,
|
|
but if multiple resources are set, it warns and uses the last one it checks.
|
|
<DT id="250"><DD>
|
|
The default is
|
|
``unknown'', i.e., none of the associated resources are set
|
|
via this resource.
|
|
<DT id="251"><B>maxBufSize</B> (class<B> MaxBufSize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the maximum size of the input buffer.
|
|
The default is ``32768''.
|
|
You cannot set this to a value less than the <B>minBufSize</B> resource.
|
|
It will be increased as needed to make that value evenly divide this one.
|
|
<DT id="252"><DD>
|
|
On some systems you may want to increase one or both of the
|
|
<B>maxBufSize</B> and
|
|
<B>minBufSize</B> resource values to achieve better performance
|
|
if the operating system prefers larger buffer sizes.
|
|
<DT id="253"><B>maximized</B> (class<B> Maximized</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not <I>xterm</I> should ask the window manager to
|
|
maximize its layout on startup.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false''.
|
|
<DT id="254"><B>menuHeight</B> (class<B> MenuHeight</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the height of the toolbar,
|
|
which may be increased by the X toolkit layout widget depending upon
|
|
the fontsize used.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``25''.
|
|
<DT id="255"><B>messages</B> (class<B> Messages</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether write access to the terminal is allowed initially.
|
|
See <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+mesg">mesg</A></B>(1).
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="256"><B>menuLocale</B> (class<B> MenuLocale</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the locale used for character-set computations when loading
|
|
the popup menus.
|
|
Use this to improve initialization performance of the Athena popup menus,
|
|
which may load unnecessary (and very large) fonts, e.g.,
|
|
in a locale having UTF-8 encoding.
|
|
The default is ``C'' (POSIX).
|
|
<DT id="257"><DD>
|
|
To use the current locale
|
|
(only useful if you have localized the resource settings for the menu entries),
|
|
set the resource to an empty string.
|
|
<DT id="258"><B>minBufSize</B> (class<B> MinBufSize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the minimum size of the input buffer, i.e., the amount of data
|
|
that <I>xterm</I> requests on each read.
|
|
The default is ``4096''.
|
|
You cannot set this to a value less than 64.
|
|
<DT id="259"><B>omitTranslation</B> (class<B> OmitTranslation</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Selectively omit one or more parts of <I>xterm</I>'s default translations
|
|
at startup.
|
|
The resource value is a comma-separated list of keywords,
|
|
which may be abbreviated:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="260"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="261">default<DD>
|
|
ignore (mouse) button-down events which were not handled by other translations
|
|
<DT id="262">fullscreen<DD>
|
|
assigns a key-binding to the <B>fullscreen()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="263">keypress<DD>
|
|
assigns keypresses by default to the
|
|
<B>insert-seven-bit()</B> and
|
|
<B>insert-eight-bit()</B> actions.
|
|
<DT id="264">paging<DD>
|
|
assigns key bindings to the
|
|
<B>scroll-back()</B> and
|
|
<B>scroll-forw()</B> actions.
|
|
<DT id="265">popup-menu<DD>
|
|
assigns mouse-buttons with the <I>control</I> modifier to the popup-menus.
|
|
<DT id="266">reset<DD>
|
|
assigns mouse-button 2
|
|
with the <I>meta</I> modifier to the <B>clear-saved-lines</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="267">scroll-lock<DD>
|
|
assigns a key-binding to the <B>scroll-lock()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="268">select<DD>
|
|
assigns mouse- and keypress-combinations
|
|
to actions which manipulate the selection.
|
|
<DT id="269">shift-fonts<DD>
|
|
assigns key-bindings to
|
|
<B>larger-vt-font()</B> and
|
|
<B>smaller-vt-font()</B> actions.
|
|
<DT id="270">wheel-mouse<DD>
|
|
assigns buttons 4 and 5 with different modifiers to the
|
|
<B>scroll-back()</B> and
|
|
<B>scroll-forw()</B> actions.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="271"><B>ptyHandshake</B> (class<B> PtyHandshake</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', <I>xterm</I> will perform handshaking during initialization
|
|
to ensure that the parent and child processes update the <I>utmp</I>
|
|
and <I>stty</I> state.
|
|
<DT id="272"><DD>
|
|
See also <B>waitForMap</B> which waits for the pseudo-terminal's notion
|
|
of the screen size,
|
|
and <B>ptySttySize</B> which resets the screen size after other terminal
|
|
initialization is complete.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="273"><B>ptyInitialErase</B> (class<B> PtyInitialErase</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', <I>xterm</I> will use the pseudo-terminal's sense
|
|
of the <I>stty</I> erase value.
|
|
If ``false'', <I>xterm</I> will set the <I>stty</I> erase value
|
|
to match its own configuration,
|
|
using the <B>kb</B> string from the termcap entry as a reference, if available.
|
|
<DT id="274"><DD>
|
|
In either case, the result is applied to the TERMCAP variable
|
|
which <I>xterm</I> sets, if the system uses TERMCAP.
|
|
<DT id="275"><DD>
|
|
See also the <B>ttyModes</B> resource, which may override this.
|
|
The default is ``False''.
|
|
<DT id="276"><B>ptySttySize</B> (class<B> PtySttySize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', <I>xterm</I> will reset the screen size after
|
|
terminal initialization is complete.
|
|
This is needed for some systems whose pseudo-terminals cannot
|
|
propagate terminal characteristics.
|
|
Where it is not needed, it can interfere with other methods for
|
|
setting the initial screen size, e.g., via window manager interaction.
|
|
<DT id="277"><DD>
|
|
See also <B>waitForMap</B> which waits for a handshake-message
|
|
giving the pseudo-terminal's notion of the screen size.
|
|
The default is ``false'' on Linux and macOS systems,
|
|
``true'' otherwise.
|
|
<DT id="278"><B>reportColors</B> (class<B> ReportColors</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true, <I>xterm</I> will print to the standard output a summary of
|
|
colors as it allocates them.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="279"><B>reportFonts</B> (class<B> ReportFonts</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true, <I>xterm</I> will print to the standard output a summary of
|
|
each font's metrics (size, number of glyphs, etc.), as it loads them.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="280"><B>reportIcons</B> (class<B> ReportIcons</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true, <I>xterm</I> will print to the standard output a summary of
|
|
each pixmap icon as it loads them.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="281"><B>reportXRes</B> (class<B> ReportXRes</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true, <I>xterm</I> will print to the standard output a list of the
|
|
boolean, numeric and string X resources for the VT100 widget
|
|
after initialization.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="282"><B>sameName</B> (class<B> SameName</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If the value of this resource is ``true'', <I>xterm</I> does not send
|
|
title and icon name change requests when the request
|
|
would have no effect: the name is not changed.
|
|
This has the advantage
|
|
of preventing flicker and the disadvantage of requiring an extra
|
|
round trip to the server to find out the previous value.
|
|
In practice
|
|
this should never be a problem.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="283"><B>scaleHeight</B> (class<B> ScaleHeight</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Scale line-height values by the resource value,
|
|
which is limited to ``0.9'' to ``1.5''.
|
|
The default value is ``1.0'',
|
|
<DT id="284"><DD>
|
|
While this resource applies to either bitmap or TrueType fonts,
|
|
its main purpose is to
|
|
help work around incompatible changes in the Xft library's font metrics.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> checks the font metrics to find what the library claims are
|
|
the bounding boxes for each glyph (character).
|
|
However, some of Xft's features (such as the autohinter) can cause the
|
|
glyphs to be scaled larger than the bounding boxes, and be partly overwritten
|
|
by the next row.
|
|
<DT id="285"><DD>
|
|
See <B>useClipping</B> for a related resource.
|
|
<DT id="286"><B>scoFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> ScoFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not SCO function key escape codes should be generated for
|
|
function keys.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false'', i.e., this feature is disabled.
|
|
<DT id="287"><DD>
|
|
The <B>keyboardType</B> resource is the preferred mechanism
|
|
for selecting this mode.
|
|
<DT id="288"><B>sessionMgt</B> (class<B> SessionMgt</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If the value of this resource is ``true'',
|
|
<I>xterm</I> sets up session manager callbacks
|
|
for <B>XtNdieCallback</B> and <B>XtNsaveCallback</B>.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="289"><B>sunFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> SunFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not Sun function key escape codes should be generated for
|
|
function keys.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false'', i.e., this feature is disabled.
|
|
<DT id="290"><DD>
|
|
The <B>keyboardType</B> resource is the preferred mechanism
|
|
for selecting this mode.
|
|
<DT id="291"><B>sunKeyboard</B> (class<B> SunKeyboard</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> translates certain key symbols based on its assumptions about
|
|
your keyboard.
|
|
This resource
|
|
specifies whether or not Sun/PC keyboard layout (i.e., the PC keyboard's
|
|
numeric keypad together with 12 function keys) should be assumed rather
|
|
than DEC VT220.
|
|
This causes the keypad ``+'' to be mapped to ``,''.
|
|
and
|
|
CTRL F1-F10 to F11-F20, depending on the setting of the <B>ctrlFKeys</B>
|
|
resource, so <I>xterm</I> emulates a DEC VT220 more accurately.
|
|
Otherwise (the default, with <B>sunKeyboard</B> set to ``false''),
|
|
<I>xterm</I> uses PC-style bindings for the function keys and keypad.
|
|
<DT id="292"><DD>
|
|
PC-style bindings
|
|
use the Shift, Alt, Control and Meta keys as modifiers for function-keys
|
|
and keypad
|
|
(see <I>Xterm Control Sequences</I> for details).
|
|
The PC-style bindings are analogous to PCTerm, but not the same thing.
|
|
Normally these bindings do not conflict with the use of the Meta key
|
|
as described for the <B>eightBitInput</B> resource.
|
|
If they do, note that the PC-style bindings are evaluated first.
|
|
<DT id="293"><DD>
|
|
See also the <B>keyboardType</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="294"><B>tcapFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> TcapFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not function key escape codes read from the
|
|
termcap/terminfo entry corresponding to the <B>TERM</B> environment variable
|
|
should be generated for
|
|
function keys instead of those configured
|
|
using <B>sunKeyboard</B> and <B>keyboardType</B>.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false'', i.e., this feature is disabled.
|
|
<DT id="295"><DD>
|
|
The <B>keyboardType</B> resource is the preferred mechanism
|
|
for selecting this mode.
|
|
<DT id="296"><B>termName</B> (class<B> TermName</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the terminal type name to be set in the TERM environment variable.
|
|
<DT id="297"><B>title</B> (class<B> Title</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies a string that may be used by the window manager when displaying
|
|
this application.
|
|
<DT id="298"><B>toolBar</B> (class<B> ToolBar</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the toolbar should be displayed.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``true''.
|
|
<DT id="299"><B>ttyModes</B> (class<B> TtyModes</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies a string containing terminal setting keywords.
|
|
Except where noted, they may be bound to <I>characters</I>.
|
|
Other keywords set <I>modes</I>.
|
|
Not all keywords are supported on a given system.
|
|
Allowable keywords include:
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><B>Keyword</B></TD><TD><B>POSIX?</B></TD><TD><B>Notes</B><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>dsusp</TD><TD>no</TD><TD>
|
|
<I>CHAR</I> will send a terminal ``stop'' signal after input is flushed.
|
|
<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>eof</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD>
|
|
<I>CHAR</I> will terminate input (i.e., an end of file).
|
|
<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>eol</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will end the line.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>eol2</TD><TD>no</TD><TD>alternate <I>CHAR</I> for ending the line.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>erase</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will erase the last character typed.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>erase2</TD><TD>no</TD><TD>
|
|
alternate <I>CHAR</I> for erasing the last input-character.
|
|
<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>flush</TD><TD>no</TD><TD>
|
|
<I>CHAR</I> will cause output to be discarded until another <B>flush</B> character is typed.
|
|
<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>intr</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will send an ``interrupt'' signal.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>kill</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will erase the current line.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>lnext</TD><TD>no</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will enter the next character quoted.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>quit</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD>CHAR will send a ``quit'' signal.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>rprnt</TD><TD>no</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will redraw the current line.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>start</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD>
|
|
<I>CHAR</I> will <I>restart</I> the output after stopping it.
|
|
<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>status</TD><TD>no</TD><TD>
|
|
<I>CHAR</I> will cause a system-generated status line to be printed.
|
|
<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>stop</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will stop the output.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>susp</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will send a terminal ``stop'' signal<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>swtch</TD><TD>no</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will switch to a different shell layer.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>tabs</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD><I>Mode</I> disables tab-expansion.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>-tabs</TD><TD>yes</TD><TD><I>Mode</I> enables tab-expansion.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>weras</TD><TD>no</TD><TD><I>CHAR</I> will erase the last word typed.<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="300"><DD>
|
|
Control characters may be specified as ^char (e.g., ^c or ^u)
|
|
and <B>^?</B> may be used to indicate delete (127).
|
|
Use <B>^-</B> to denote <I>undef</I>.
|
|
Use <B>\034</B> to represent <B>^\</B>, since a literal backslash in
|
|
an X resource escapes the next character.
|
|
<DT id="301"><DD>
|
|
This is very useful for overriding
|
|
the default terminal settings without having to run <I>stty</I> every time
|
|
an <I>xterm</I> is started.
|
|
Note, however, that the <I>stty</I> program on a given host may use different
|
|
keywords; <I>xterm</I>'s table is built in.
|
|
The <I>POSIX</I> column in the table indicates which keywords
|
|
are supported by a standard <I>stty</I> program.
|
|
<DT id="302"><DD>
|
|
If the <B>ttyModes</B> resource specifies a value for <B>erase</B>,
|
|
that overrides the <B>ptyInitialErase</B> resource setting,
|
|
i.e., <I>xterm</I> initializes the terminal to match that value.
|
|
<DT id="303"><B>useInsertMode</B> (class<B> UseInsertMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Force use of insert mode by adding appropriate entries to the TERMCAP
|
|
environment variable.
|
|
This is useful if the system termcap is broken.
|
|
(This resource is ignored on most systems, because TERMCAP is not used).
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="304"><B>utmpDisplayId</B> (class<B> UtmpDisplayId</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not <I>xterm</I> should try to record the display
|
|
identifier (display number and screen number) as well as the hostname in
|
|
the system <I>utmp</I> log file.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="305"><B>utmpInhibit</B> (class<B> UtmpInhibit</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not <I>xterm</I> should try to record the user's terminal
|
|
in
|
|
the system <I>utmp</I> log file.
|
|
If true, <I>xterm</I> will not try.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="306"><B>validShells</B> (class<B> ValidShells</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Augment (add to) the system's <I>/etc/shells</I>,
|
|
when determining whether to set the ``SHELL'' environment
|
|
variable when running a given program.
|
|
<DT id="307"><DD>
|
|
The resource value is a list of lines (separated by newlines).
|
|
Each line holds one pathname.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores any line beginning with ``#''
|
|
after trimming leading/trailing whitespace from each line.
|
|
<DT id="308"><DD>
|
|
The default is an empty string.
|
|
<DT id="309"><B>waitForMap</B> (class<B> WaitForMap</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not <I>xterm</I> should wait for the initial window map
|
|
before starting the subprocess.
|
|
This is part of the <B>ptyHandshake</B> logic.
|
|
When <I>xterm</I> is directed to wait in this fashion,
|
|
it passes the terminal size from the display end of the pseudo-terminal
|
|
to the terminal I/O connection, e.g.,
|
|
using the size according to the window manager.
|
|
Otherwise, it uses the size as given in resource values or command-line
|
|
option <B>-geometry</B>.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="310"><B>zIconBeep</B> (class<B> ZIconBeep</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Same as -ziconbeep command line argument.
|
|
If the value of this resource is non-zero, xterms that produce output
|
|
while iconified will cause an XBell sound at the given volume
|
|
and have ``*** '' prepended to their icon titles.
|
|
Most window managers will detect this change immediately, showing you
|
|
which window has the output.
|
|
(A similar feature was in x10 <I>xterm</I>.)
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="311"><B>zIconTitleFormat</B> (class<B> ZIconTitleFormat</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Allow customization of the string used in the <B>zIconBeep</B> feature.
|
|
The default value is ``*** %s''.
|
|
<DT id="312"><DD>
|
|
If the resource value contains a ``%s'',
|
|
then <I>xterm</I> inserts the icon title at that point rather
|
|
than prepending the string to the icon title.
|
|
(Only the first ``%s'' is used).
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbAL"> </A>
|
|
<H3>VT100 Widget Resources</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The following resources are specified as part
|
|
of the <I>vt100</I> widget (class <I>VT100</I>).
|
|
They are specified by patterns such as
|
|
``<B>XTerm.vt100.</B><I>NAME</I>''.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
If your <I>xterm</I> is configured to support the ``toolbar'', then those
|
|
patterns need an extra level for the form-widget which holds the
|
|
toolbar and vt100 widget.
|
|
A wildcard between the top-level ``XTerm''
|
|
and the ``vt100'' widget makes the resource settings work for either,
|
|
e.g., ``<B>XTerm*vt100.</B><I>NAME</I>''.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="313"><B>activeIcon</B> (class<B> ActiveIcon</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not active icon windows are to be used when the
|
|
<I>xterm</I> window is iconified, if this feature is compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
The active icon is a miniature representation of the content of the
|
|
window and will update as the content changes.
|
|
Not all window managers necessarily support application icon windows.
|
|
Some window managers
|
|
will allow you to enter keystrokes into the active icon window.
|
|
The default is ``default''.
|
|
<DT id="314"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="315"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="316">false (0)<DD>
|
|
No active icon is shown.
|
|
<DT id="317">true (1)<DD>
|
|
The active icon is shown.
|
|
If you are using <I>twm</I>, use this setting to enable active-icons.
|
|
<DT id="318">default (2)<DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> checks at startup, and shows an active icon only for window
|
|
managers which it can identify and which are known to support the feature.
|
|
These are <I>fvwm</I> (full support), and <I>window maker</I> (limited).
|
|
A few other windows managers (such as <I>twm</I> and <I>ctwm</I>)
|
|
support active icons,
|
|
but do not support the extensions which allow <I>xterm</I>
|
|
to identify the window manager.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="319"><B>allowBoldFonts</B> (class<B> AllowBoldFonts</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When set to ``false'', <I>xterm</I> will not use bold fonts.
|
|
This overrides both the <B>alwaysBoldMode</B> and the <B>boldMode</B> resources.
|
|
<DT id="320"><B>allowC1Printable</B> (class<B> AllowC1Printable</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true, overrides the mapping of C1 controls
|
|
(codes 128-159) to make them be treated
|
|
as if they were printable characters.
|
|
Although this corresponds to no particular standard,
|
|
some users insist it is a VT100.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="321"><B>allowColorOps</B> (class<B> AllowColorOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that
|
|
set/query the dynamic colors should be allowed.
|
|
ANSI colors are unaffected by this resource setting.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="322"><B>allowFontOps</B> (class<B> AllowFontOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that set/query the font should be allowed.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="323"><B>allowMouseOps</B> (class<B> AllowMouseOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that enable <I>xterm</I> to send
|
|
escape sequences to the host on mouse-clicks and movement.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="324"><B>allowPasteControls</B> (class<B> AllowPasteControls</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true, allow control characters such as BEL and CAN to be pasted.
|
|
Formatting characters (tab, newline) are always allowed.
|
|
Other C0 control characters are suppressed unless this resource is enabled.
|
|
The exact set of control characters (C0 and C1)
|
|
depends upon whether UTF-8 encoding is used,
|
|
as well as the <B>allowC1Printable</B> resource.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="325"><B>allowScrollLock</B> (class<B> AllowScrollLock</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that set/query
|
|
the Scroll Lock key should be allowed,
|
|
as well as whether the Scroll Lock key responds to user's keypress.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="326"><DD>
|
|
When this feature is enabled, <I>xterm</I> will sense the state of the
|
|
Scroll Lock key each time it acquires focus.
|
|
Pressing the Scroll Lock key toggles <I>xterm</I>'s internal state,
|
|
as well as toggling the associated LED.
|
|
While the Scroll Lock is active, <I>xterm</I> attempts to keep a viewport on the
|
|
same set of lines.
|
|
If the current viewport is scrolled past the limit set by the
|
|
<B>saveLines</B> resource, then Scroll Lock has no further effect.
|
|
<DT id="327"><DD>
|
|
The reason for setting the default to ``false'' is to avoid
|
|
user surprise.
|
|
This key is generally unused in keyboard configurations,
|
|
and has not acquired a standard meaning even when it is used in that manner.
|
|
Consequently, users have assigned it for ad hoc purposes.
|
|
<DT id="328"><B>allowSendEvents</B> (class<B> AllowSendEvents</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not synthetic key and button events (generated using
|
|
the X protocol SendEvent request) should be interpreted or discarded.
|
|
The default is ``false'' meaning they are discarded.
|
|
Note that allowing such events would create a very large security hole,
|
|
therefore enabling this resource forcefully disables
|
|
the <B>allow</B><I>XXX</I><B>Ops</B> resources.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="329"><B>allowTcapOps</B> (class<B> AllowTcapOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that query the terminal's
|
|
notion of its function-key strings, as termcap or terminfo capabilities
|
|
should be allowed.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="330"><DD>
|
|
A few programs, e.g., <I>vim</I>, use this feature to get an accurate
|
|
description of the terminal's capabilities,
|
|
independent of the termcap/terminfo setting:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="331"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> can tell the querying program how many colors it supports.
|
|
This is a constant, depending on how it is compiled, typically 16.
|
|
It does not change if you alter resource settings,
|
|
e.g., the <B>boldColors</B> resource.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> can tell the querying program what strings are sent by modified
|
|
(shift-, control-, alt-) function- and keypad-keys.
|
|
Reporting control- and alt-modifiers is a feature that relies on the
|
|
<I>ncurses</I> extended naming.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="332"><B>allowTitleOps</B> (class<B> AllowTitleOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that modify the window title or icon name
|
|
should be allowed.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="333"><B>allowWindowOps</B> (class<B> AllowWindowOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether extended window control sequences
|
|
(as used in <I>dtterm</I>)
|
|
should be allowed.
|
|
These include several control sequences which manipulate the window size or
|
|
position, as well as reporting these values and the title or icon name.
|
|
Each of these can be abused in a script;
|
|
curiously enough most terminal emulators that implement these
|
|
restrict only a small part of the repertoire.
|
|
For fine-tuning, see <B>disallowedWindowOps</B>.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="334"><B>altIsNotMeta</B> (class<B> AltIsNotMeta</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', treat the Alt-key as if it were the Meta-key.
|
|
Your keyboard may happen to be configured so they are the same.
|
|
But if they are not, this allows you to use the same prefix- and shifting
|
|
operations with the Alt-key as with the Meta-key.
|
|
See <B>altSendsEscape</B> and <B>metaSendsEscape</B>.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="335"><B>altSendsEscape</B> (class<B> AltSendsEscape</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This is an additional keyboard operation that may be processed
|
|
after the logic for <B>metaSendsEscape</B>.
|
|
It is only available if the <B>altIsNotMeta</B> resource is set.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="336"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If ``true'', Alt characters
|
|
(a character combined with the modifier associated with left/right Alt-keys)
|
|
are converted into a two-character
|
|
sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.
|
|
This applies as well to function key control sequences, unless <I>xterm</I>
|
|
sees that <B>Alt</B> is used in your key translations.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If ``false'', Alt characters input from the keyboard cause a shift to
|
|
8-bit characters (just like <B>metaSendsEscape</B>).
|
|
By combining the Alt- and Meta-modifiers, you can create corresponding
|
|
combinations of ESC-prefix and 8-bit characters.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="337"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``False''.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> provides a menu option for toggling this resource.
|
|
<DT id="338"><B>alternateScroll</B> (class<B> ScrollCond</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'',
|
|
the <B>scroll-back</B> and <B>scroll-forw</B> actions
|
|
send cursor-up and -down keys
|
|
when <I>xterm</I> is displaying the alternate screen.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="339"><DD>
|
|
The <B>alternateScroll</B> state can also be set using a control sequence.
|
|
<DT id="340"><B>alwaysBoldMode</B> (class<B> AlwaysBoldMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should check if the normal and bold
|
|
fonts are distinct before deciding whether to use overstriking to
|
|
simulate bold fonts.
|
|
If this resource is true,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> does not make the check for
|
|
distinct fonts when deciding how to handle the <B>boldMode</B> resource.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><I>boldMode</I></TD><TD><I>alwaysBoldMode</I></TD><TD><I>Comparison</I></TD><TD><I>Action</I><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>ignored</TD><TD>use font<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>same</TD><TD>overstrike<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>different</TD><TD>use font<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>ignored</TD><TD>overstrike<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="341"><DD>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This resource is used only for bitmap fonts:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
When using bitmap fonts, it is possible that the font server will
|
|
approximate the bold font by rescaling it from
|
|
a different font size than expected.
|
|
The <B>alwaysBoldMode</B> resource
|
|
allows the user to override the (sometimes poor)
|
|
resulting bold font with overstriking (which is at least consistent).
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The problem does not occur with TrueType fonts (though there can be
|
|
other unnecessary issues such as different coverage of the normal
|
|
and bold fonts).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="342"><DD>
|
|
As an alternative, setting the <B>allowBoldFonts</B> resource to false
|
|
overrides both the <B>alwaysBoldMode</B> and the <B>boldMode</B> resources.
|
|
<DT id="343"><B>alwaysHighlight</B> (class<B> AlwaysHighlight</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not <I>xterm</I> should always display a highlighted
|
|
text cursor.
|
|
By default (if this resource is false),
|
|
a hollow text cursor is displayed whenever the
|
|
pointer moves out of the window or the window loses the input focus.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="344"><B>alwaysUseMods</B> (class<B> AlwaysUseMods</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Override the <B>numLock</B> resource, telling <I>xterm</I> to use the Alt and Meta
|
|
modifiers to construct parameters for function key sequences even if
|
|
those modifiers appear in the translations resource.
|
|
Normally <I>xterm</I> checks if Alt or Meta is used in a translation that
|
|
would conflict with function key modifiers, and will ignore these modifiers
|
|
in that special case.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="345"><B>answerbackString</B> (class<B> AnswerbackString</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the string that <I>xterm</I> sends in response to an ENQ (control/E)
|
|
character from the host.
|
|
The default is a blank string, i.e., ``''.
|
|
A hardware VT100 implements this feature as a setup option.
|
|
<DT id="346"><B>appcursorDefault</B> (class<B> AppcursorDefault</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', the cursor keys are initially in application mode.
|
|
This is the same as the VT102 private DECCKM mode,
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="347"><B>appkeypadDefault</B> (class<B> AppkeypadDefault</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', the keypad keys are initially in application mode.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="348"><B>assumeAllChars</B> (class<B> AssumeAllChars</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', this enables a special case in bitmap fonts to
|
|
allow the font server to choose how to display missing glyphs.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="349"><DD>
|
|
The reason for this resource is to help with
|
|
certain quasi-automatically generated fonts
|
|
(such as the ISO-10646-1 encoding of Terminus)
|
|
which have incorrect font-metrics.
|
|
<DT id="350"><B>autoWrap</B> (class<B> AutoWrap</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not auto-wraparound should be enabled.
|
|
This is the same as the VT102 DECAWM.
|
|
The
|
|
default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="351"><B>awaitInput</B> (class<B> AwaitInput</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not <I>xterm</I> uses a 50 millisecond timeout to
|
|
await input (i.e., to support the Xaw3d arrow scrollbar).
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="352"><B>backarrowKey</B> (class<B> BackarrowKey</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether the backarrow key transmits
|
|
a backspace (8)
|
|
or delete (127) character.
|
|
This corresponds to the DECBKM control sequence.
|
|
A ``true'' value specifies backspace.
|
|
The default is ``True''.
|
|
Pressing the control key toggles this behavior.
|
|
<DT id="353"><B>background</B> (class<B> Background</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the background of the window.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``XtDefaultBackground''.
|
|
<DT id="354"><B>bellIsUrgent</B> (class<B> BellIsUrgent</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to set the Urgency hint for the window manager
|
|
when making a bell sound.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="355"><B>bellOnReset</B> (class<B> BellOnReset</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to sound a bell when doing a hard reset.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="356"><B>bellSuppressTime</B> (class<B> BellSuppressTime</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Number of milliseconds after a bell command is sent during which additional
|
|
bells will be suppressed.
|
|
Default is 200.
|
|
If set non-zero,
|
|
additional bells
|
|
will also be suppressed until the server reports that processing of
|
|
the first bell has been completed; this feature is most useful with
|
|
the visible bell.
|
|
<DT id="357"><B>boldColors</B> (class<B> ColorMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to combine bold attribute with colors like the IBM PC,
|
|
i.e., map colors 0 through 7 to colors 8 through 15.
|
|
These normally are the brighter versions of the first 8 colors, hence bold.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="358"><B>boldFont</B> (class<B> BoldFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the bold font to use instead of overstriking.
|
|
There is no default for this resource.
|
|
<DT id="359"><DD>
|
|
This font must be the same height and width as the normal font,
|
|
otherwise it is ignored.
|
|
If only one of the normal or bold fonts is specified, it will be used as the
|
|
normal font and the bold font will be produced by overstriking this font.
|
|
<DT id="360"><DD>
|
|
See also the discussion of <B>boldMode</B> and <B>alwaysBoldMode</B> resources.
|
|
<DT id="361"><B>boldMode</B> (class<B> BoldMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies whether or not text with the bold attribute should be
|
|
overstruck to simulate bold fonts if the resolved bold font is the
|
|
same as the normal font.
|
|
It may be desirable to disable bold fonts when color is being
|
|
used for the bold attribute.
|
|
<DT id="362"><DD>
|
|
Note that <I>xterm</I> has one bold font which you may set explicitly.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> attempts to derive a bold font for the other font selections
|
|
(<B>font1</B> through <B>font6</B>).
|
|
If it cannot find a bold font, it will use the normal font.
|
|
In each case (whether the explicit resource or the derived font),
|
|
if the normal and bold fonts are distinct, this resource has no effect.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="363"><DD>
|
|
See the <B>alwaysBoldMode</B> resource which can modify the behavior
|
|
of this resource.
|
|
<DT id="364"><DD>
|
|
Although <I>xterm</I> attempts to derive a bold font for other font selections,
|
|
the font server may not cooperate.
|
|
Since X11R6, bitmap fonts have been scaled.
|
|
The font server claims to provide the bold font that <I>xterm</I> requests,
|
|
but the result is not always readable.
|
|
XFree86 introduced a feature which can be used to suppress the scaling.
|
|
In the X server's configuration file (e.g., ``/etc/X11/XFree86''
|
|
or ``/etc/X11/xorg.conf''), you
|
|
can add ``:unscaled'' to the end of the directory specification for the
|
|
``misc'' fonts,
|
|
which comprise the fixed-pitch fonts that are used by <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
For example
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
FontPath "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="365"><DD>
|
|
would become
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
FontPath "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/:unscaled"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="366"><DD>
|
|
Depending on your configuration, the font server may have its own configuration
|
|
file.
|
|
The same ``:unscaled'' can be added to its configuration file at the
|
|
end of the directory specification for ``misc''.
|
|
<DT id="367"><DD>
|
|
The bitmap scaling feature is also used by <I>xterm</I> to implement
|
|
VT102 double-width and double-height characters.
|
|
<DT id="368"><B>brokenLinuxOSC</B> (class<B> BrokenLinuxOSC</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true, <I>xterm</I> applies a workaround to ignore malformed control
|
|
sequences that a Linux script might send.
|
|
Compare the palette control sequences documented in <I>console_codes</I>
|
|
with ECMA-48.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="369"><B>brokenSelections</B> (class<B> BrokenSelections</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true, <I>xterm</I> in 8-bit mode will interpret <B>STRING</B>
|
|
selections as carrying text in the current locale's encoding.
|
|
Normally <B>STRING</B> selections carry ISO-8859-1 encoded text.
|
|
Setting this resource to
|
|
``true'' violates the ICCCM; it may, however, be useful for interacting
|
|
with some broken X clients.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="370"><B>brokenStringTerm</B> (class<B> BrokenStringTerm</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
provides a work-around for some ISDN routers which start an application
|
|
control string without completing it.
|
|
Set this to ``true'' if <I>xterm</I> appears to freeze when connecting.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="371"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I>'s state parser recognizes
|
|
several types of control strings which can contain text, e.g.,
|
|
<P>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="372"><DD>
|
|
<B>APC</B> (Application Program Command),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>DCS</B> (Device Control String),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>OSC</B> (Operating System Command),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>PM</B> (Privacy Message), and
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<B>SOS</B> (Start of String),
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="373"><DD>
|
|
Each should end with a string-terminator (a special character which
|
|
cannot appear in these strings).
|
|
Ordinary control characters found within the string are not ignored;
|
|
they are processed without interfering with the process of accumulating
|
|
the control string's content.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> recognizes these controls in all modes,
|
|
although some of the functions may be suppressed after parsing the control.
|
|
<DT id="374"><DD>
|
|
When enabled, this feature allows the user to exit from an unterminated
|
|
control string when any of these ordinary control characters are found:
|
|
<P>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="375"><DD>
|
|
control/D (used as an end of file in many shells),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/H (backspace),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/I (tab-feed),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/J (line feed aka newline),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/K (vertical tab),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/L (form feed),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/M (carriage return),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/N (shift-out),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/O (shift-in),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/Q (XOFF),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
control/X (cancel)
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="376"><B>c132</B> (class<B> C132</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the VT102 DECCOLM escape sequence,
|
|
used to switch between 80 and 132 columns, should be honored.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="377"><B>cacheDoublesize</B> (class<B> CacheDoublesize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells whether to cache double-sized fonts by <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
Set this to zero to disable double-sized fonts altogether.
|
|
<DT id="378"><B>cdXtraScroll</B> (class<B> CdXtraScroll</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should scroll to a new page when clearing
|
|
the whole screen.
|
|
Like <B>tiXtraScroll</B>,
|
|
the intent of this option is to provide a picture of the full-screen
|
|
application's display on the scrollback before wiping out the text.
|
|
The default for this resource is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="379"><B>charClass</B> (class<B> CharClass</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies comma-separated lists of character class bindings of the form
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
<I>low</I>[-<I>high]</I>[:<I>value</I>].
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="380"><DD>
|
|
These are used in determining which
|
|
sets of characters should be treated the same when doing cut and paste.
|
|
See the <B>CHARACTER CLASSES</B> section.
|
|
<DT id="381"><B>checksumExtension</B> (class<B> ChecksumExtension</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
DEC VT420 and up support a control sequence <B>DECRQCRA</B> which reports
|
|
the checksum of the characters in a rectangle.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> supports this, with extensions that can be configured with
|
|
bits of the <B>checksumExtension</B>:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="382"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="383">0<DD>
|
|
do not negate the result.
|
|
<DT id="384">1<DD>
|
|
do not report the VT100 video attributes.
|
|
<DT id="385">2<DD>
|
|
do not omit checksum for blanks.
|
|
<DT id="386">3<DD>
|
|
omit checksum for cells not explicitly initialized.
|
|
<DT id="387">4<DD>
|
|
do not mask cell value to 8 bits or ignore combining characters.
|
|
<DT id="388">5<DD>
|
|
do not mask cell value to 7 bits.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="389"><DD>
|
|
With the default value (0),
|
|
<I>xterm</I> matches the behavior of DEC's terminals.
|
|
To use all extensions, set all bits, ``-1'' for example.
|
|
<DT id="390"><B>cjkWidth</B> (class<B> CjkWidth</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should follow
|
|
the traditional East Asian width convention.
|
|
When turned on, characters with East Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR
|
|
11 have a column width of 2.
|
|
You may have to set this option to ``true''
|
|
if you have some old East Asian terminal based programs that assume that
|
|
line-drawing characters have a column width of 2.
|
|
If this resource is false, the <B>mkWidth</B> resource controls the
|
|
choice between the system's <B>wcwidth</B> and <I>xterm</I>'s built-in tables.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="391"><B>color0</B> (class<B> Color0</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="392"><B>color1</B> (class<B> Color1</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="393"><B>color2</B> (class<B> Color2</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="394"><B>color3</B> (class<B> Color3</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="395"><B>color4</B> (class<B> Color4</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="396"><B>color5</B> (class<B> Color5</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="397"><B>color6</B> (class<B> Color6</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="398"><B>color7</B> (class<B> Color7</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
These specify the colors for the ISO-6429 extension.
|
|
The defaults are,
|
|
respectively,
|
|
black,
|
|
red3,
|
|
green3,
|
|
yellow3,
|
|
a customizable dark blue,
|
|
magenta3,
|
|
cyan3,
|
|
and
|
|
gray90.
|
|
The default shades of color are chosen to allow the colors 8-15
|
|
to be used as brighter versions.
|
|
<DT id="399"><B>color8</B> (class<B> Color8</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="400"><B>color9</B> (class<B> Color9</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="401"><B>color10</B> (class<B> Color10</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="402"><B>color11</B> (class<B> Color11</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="403"><B>color12</B> (class<B> Color12</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="404"><B>color13</B> (class<B> Color13</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="405"><B>color14</B> (class<B> Color14</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="406"><B>color15</B> (class<B> Color15</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
These specify the colors for the ISO-6429 extension if the bold attribute
|
|
is also enabled.
|
|
The default resource values are respectively,
|
|
gray50,
|
|
red,
|
|
green,
|
|
yellow,
|
|
a customized light blue,
|
|
magenta,
|
|
cyan,
|
|
and
|
|
white.
|
|
<DT id="407"><B>color16</B> (class<B> Color16</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="408">through<DD>
|
|
<DT id="409"><B>color255</B> (class<B> Color255</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
These specify the colors for the 256-color extension.
|
|
The default resource values
|
|
are for
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="410"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
colors 16 through 231 to make a 6x6x6 color cube, and
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
colors 232 through 255 to make a grayscale ramp.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="411"><DD>
|
|
Resources past <B>color15</B> are available as a compile-time option.
|
|
Due to a hardcoded limit in the X libraries on the total number of
|
|
resources (to 400), the resources for 256-colors
|
|
are omitted when wide-character support and <I>luit</I> are enabled.
|
|
Besides inconsistent behavior if only part of the resources were allowed,
|
|
determining the exact cutoff is difficult, and the X libraries tend
|
|
to crash if the number of resources exceeds the limit.
|
|
The color palette is still initialized to the same default values,
|
|
and can be modified via control sequences.
|
|
<DT id="412"><DD>
|
|
On the other hand, the resource limit does permit including the entire
|
|
range for 88-colors.
|
|
<DT id="413"><B>colorAttrMode</B> (class<B> ColorAttrMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <B>colorBD</B>, <B>colorBL</B>, <B>colorRV</B>, and
|
|
<B>colorUL</B> should override ANSI colors.
|
|
If not, these are displayed only when no ANSI colors
|
|
have been set for the corresponding position.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="414"><B>colorBD</B> (class<B> ColorBD</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display bold characters if
|
|
the ``colorBDMode'' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="415"><DD>
|
|
See also the <B>veryBoldColors</B> resource which allows combining
|
|
bold and color.
|
|
<DT id="416"><B>colorBDMode</B> (class<B> ColorAttrMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the bold attribute should be displayed in
|
|
color or as bold characters.
|
|
Note that setting <B>colorMode</B> off disables
|
|
all colors, including bold.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="417"><B>colorBL</B> (class<B> ColorBL</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display blink characters if
|
|
the ``colorBLMode'' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="418"><DD>
|
|
See also the <B>veryBoldColors</B> resource which allows combining
|
|
underline and color.
|
|
<DT id="419"><B>colorBLMode</B> (class<B> ColorAttrMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the blink attribute should be displayed in
|
|
color.
|
|
Note that setting <B>colorMode</B> off disables all colors, including this.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="420"><B>colorIT</B> (class<B> ColorIT</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display italic characters if
|
|
the ``colorITMode'' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="421"><DD>
|
|
See also the <B>veryBoldColors</B> resource which allows combining
|
|
attributes and color.
|
|
<DT id="422"><B>colorITMode</B> (class<B> ColorAttrMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the italic attribute should be displayed in
|
|
color or as italic characters.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="423"><DD>
|
|
Note that:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="424"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Setting <B>colorMode</B> off disables all colors, including italic.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The <B>italicULMode</B> resource overrides <B>colorITMode</B>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="425"><B>colorInnerBorder</B> (class<B> ColorInnerBorder</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Normally, <I>xterm</I> fills the VT100 window's inner border
|
|
using the background color.
|
|
<DT id="426"><DD>
|
|
If the <B>colorInnerBorder</B> resource is enabled,
|
|
at startup <I>xterm</I> will compare the <B>borderColor</B> and the
|
|
window's background color.
|
|
If those are different, <I>xterm</I> will use the <B>borderColor</B>
|
|
resource to fill the inner border.
|
|
Otherwise, it will use the window's background color.
|
|
<DT id="427"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="428"><B>colorMode</B> (class<B> ColorMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not recognition of ANSI (ISO-6429)
|
|
color change escape sequences should be enabled.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="429"><B>colorRV</B> (class<B> ColorRV</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display reverse characters if
|
|
the ``colorRVMode'' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="430"><DD>
|
|
See also the <B>veryBoldColors</B> resource which allows combining
|
|
reverse and color.
|
|
<DT id="431"><B>colorRVMode</B> (class<B> ColorAttrMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the reverse attribute should be displayed in
|
|
color.
|
|
Note that setting <B>colorMode</B> off disables all colors, including this.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="432"><B>colorUL</B> (class<B> ColorUL</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display underlined characters if
|
|
the ``colorULMode'' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="433"><DD>
|
|
See also the <B>veryBoldColors</B> resource which allows combining
|
|
underline and color.
|
|
<DT id="434"><B>colorULMode</B> (class<B> ColorAttrMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the underline attribute should be displayed
|
|
in color or as underlined characters.
|
|
Note that setting <B>colorMode</B> off
|
|
disables all colors, including underlining.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="435"><B>combiningChars</B> (class<B> CombiningChars</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the number of wide-characters which can be stored in a cell
|
|
to overstrike (combine) with the base character of the cell.
|
|
This can be set to values in the range 0 to 5.
|
|
The default is ``2''.
|
|
<DT id="436"><B>ctrlFKeys</B> (class<B> CtrlFKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
In VT220 keyboard mode (see <B>sunKeyboard</B> resource),
|
|
specifies the amount by which to shift F1-F12 given a control modifier (CTRL).
|
|
This allows you to generate key symbols for F10-F20 on a Sun/PC keyboard.
|
|
The default is ``10'', which means that CTRL F1 generates the key
|
|
symbol for F11.
|
|
<DT id="437"><B>curses</B> (class<B> Curses</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the last column bug in
|
|
<I><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+more">more</A></I>(1)
|
|
|
|
should be worked around.
|
|
See the <B>-cu</B> option for details.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="438"><B>cursorBlink</B> (class<B> CursorBlink</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to make the cursor blink.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="439"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="440">false (0)<DD>
|
|
The cursor will not blink, but may be combined with escape sequences
|
|
according to the <B>cursorBlinkXOR</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="441">true (1)<DD>
|
|
The cursor will blink, but may be combined with escape sequences
|
|
according to the <B>cursorBlinkXOR</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="442">always (2)<DD>
|
|
The cursor will always blink, ignoring escape sequences.
|
|
The menu entry will be disabled.
|
|
<DT id="443">never (3)<DD>
|
|
The cursor will never blink, ignoring escape sequences.
|
|
The menu entry will be disabled.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="444"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="445"><B>cursorBlinkXOR</B> (class<B> CursorBlinkXOR</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> uses two inputs to determine whether the cursor blinks:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="446"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The <B>cursorBlink</B> resource (which can be altered with a menu entry).
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control sequences (private mode 12 and DECSCUSR).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="447"><DD>
|
|
The <B>cursorBlinkXOR</B> resource determines how those inputs are combined:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="448"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="449">false<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> uses the logical-OR of the two variables.
|
|
If either is set, <I>xterm</I> makes the cursor blink.
|
|
<DT id="450">true<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> uses the logical-XOR of the two variables.
|
|
If only one is set, <I>xterm</I> makes the cursor blink.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="451"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="452"><B>cursorColor</B> (class<B> CursorColor</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the text cursor.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
By default,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> attempts to keep this color from being the same as the background
|
|
color, since it draws the cursor by filling the background of a text cell.
|
|
The same restriction applies to control sequences which may change this color.
|
|
<DT id="453"><DD>
|
|
Setting this resource overrides
|
|
most of <I>xterm</I>'s adjustments to cursor color.
|
|
It will still use reverse-video to disallow some cases, such as a black
|
|
cursor on a black background.
|
|
<DT id="454"><B>cursorOffTime</B> (class<B> CursorOffTime</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the duration of the ``off'' part of the cursor blink cycle-time
|
|
in milliseconds.
|
|
The same timer is used for text blinking.
|
|
The default is ``300''.
|
|
<DT id="455"><B>cursorOnTime</B> (class<B> CursorOnTime</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the duration of the ``on'' part of the cursor blink cycle-time,
|
|
in milliseconds.
|
|
The same timer is used for text blinking.
|
|
The default is ``600''.
|
|
<DT id="456"><B>cursorUnderLine</B> (class<B> CursorUnderLine</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to make the cursor underlined or a box.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="457"><B>cutNewline</B> (class<B> CutNewline</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``false'', triple clicking to select a line does not include
|
|
the <I>newline</I> at the end of the line.
|
|
If ``true'', the Newline is selected.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="458"><B>cutToBeginningOfLine</B> (class<B> CutToBeginningOfLine</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``false'', triple clicking to select a line selects only from the
|
|
current word forward.
|
|
If ``true'', the entire line is selected.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="459"><B>decTerminalID</B> (class<B> DecTerminalID</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the emulation level (100=VT100, 220=VT220, etc.), used to determine
|
|
the type of response to a DA control sequence.
|
|
Leading non-digit characters are ignored,
|
|
e.g., ``vt100'' and ``100'' are the same.
|
|
The default is ``420''.
|
|
<DT id="460"><B>defaultString</B> (class<B> DefaultString</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the character (or string) which <I>xterm</I> will substitute when
|
|
pasted text includes a character which cannot be represented in the
|
|
current encoding.
|
|
For instance, pasting UTF-8 text into a display of ISO-8859-1 characters
|
|
will only be able to display codes 0-255, while UTF-8 text can include
|
|
Unicode values above 255.
|
|
The default is ``#'' (a single pound sign).
|
|
<DT id="461"><DD>
|
|
If the undisplayable text would be double-width,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will add a space after the ``#'' character, to give roughly
|
|
the same layout on the screen as the original text.
|
|
<DT id="462"><B>deleteIsDEL</B> (class<B> DeleteIsDEL</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies what the <I>Delete</I> key
|
|
on the editing keypad should send when pressed.
|
|
The resource value is a string, evaluated as a boolean after startup.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> uses it in conjunction with the <B>keyboardType</B> resource:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="463"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the keyboard type is
|
|
``default'',
|
|
or
|
|
``vt220''
|
|
and the resource is either ``true'' or ``maybe''
|
|
send the VT220-style <I>Remove</I> escape sequence.
|
|
Otherwise, send DEL (127).
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the keyboard type is
|
|
``legacy'',
|
|
and the resource is ``true''
|
|
send DEL.
|
|
Otherwise, send the <I>Remove</I> sequence.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Otherwise, if the keyboard type is none of these special cases,
|
|
send DEL (127).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="464"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``Maybe''.
|
|
The resource is allowed to be a non-boolean ``maybe''
|
|
so that the popup menu <B>Delete is DEL</B> entry does
|
|
not override the keyboard type.
|
|
<DT id="465"><B>directColor</B> (class<B> DirectColor</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to handle direct-color control sequences
|
|
using the X server's available colors,
|
|
or to approximate those using a color map with 256 entries.
|
|
A ``true'' value enables the former.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="466"><B>disallowedColorOps</B> (class<B> DisallowedColorOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if <B>allowColorOps</B> is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names.
|
|
The default value is
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="467"><DD>
|
|
SetColor,GetColor,GetAnsiColor
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="468"><DD>
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="469"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="470">SetColor<DD>
|
|
Set a specific dynamic color.
|
|
<DT id="471">GetColor<DD>
|
|
Report the current setting of a given dynamic color.
|
|
<DT id="472">GetAnsiColor<DD>
|
|
Report the current setting of a given ANSI color (actually any of the colors
|
|
set via ANSI-style controls).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="473"><B>disallowedFontOps</B> (class<B> DisallowedFontOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if <B>allowFontOps</B> is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names.
|
|
The default value is
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
SetFont,GetFont
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="474"><DD>
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="475"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="476">SetFont<DD>
|
|
Set the specified font.
|
|
<DT id="477">GetFont<DD>
|
|
Report the specified font.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="478"><B>disallowedMouseOps</B> (class<B> DisallowedMouseOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if <B>allowMouseOps</B> is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names.
|
|
The default value is ``*'' which matches all names.
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="479"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="480">X10<DD>
|
|
The original X10 mouse protocol.
|
|
<DT id="481">Locator<DD>
|
|
DEC locator mode
|
|
<DT id="482">VT200Click<DD>
|
|
X11 mouse-clicks only.
|
|
<DT id="483">VT200Hilite<DD>
|
|
X11 mouse-clicks and highlighting.
|
|
<DT id="484">AnyButton<DD>
|
|
XFree86 <I>xterm</I> any-button mode sends button-clicks as
|
|
well as motion events while the button is pressed.
|
|
<DT id="485">AnyEvent<DD>
|
|
XFree86 <I>xterm</I> any-event mode sends button-clicks as
|
|
well as motion events whether or not a button is pressed.
|
|
<DT id="486">FocusEvent<DD>
|
|
Send FocusIn/FocusOut events.
|
|
<DT id="487">Extended<DD>
|
|
The first extension beyond X11 mouse protocol, this encodes
|
|
the coordinates in UTF-8.
|
|
It is deprecated in favor of <I>SGR</I>, but provided for compatibility.
|
|
<DT id="488">SGR<DD>
|
|
This is the recommended extension for mouse-coordinates
|
|
<DT id="489">URXVT<DD>
|
|
Like <I>Extended</I>, this is provided for compatibility.
|
|
<DT id="490">AlternateScroll<DD>
|
|
This overrides the <B>alternateScroll</B> resource.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="491"><B>disallowedPasteControls</B> (class<B> DisallowedPasteControls</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
The <B>allowPasteControls</B> resource is normally used to prevent
|
|
pasting C1 controls, as well as non-formatting C0 controls such
|
|
as the ASCII escape character.
|
|
Those characters are simply ignored.
|
|
This resource further extends the set of control characters
|
|
which cannot be pasted, converting each into a space.
|
|
<DT id="492"><DD>
|
|
The resource value is a comma-separated list of names.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores capitalization.
|
|
The default value is
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
BS,HT,DEL,ESC
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="493"><DD>
|
|
The names are listed below:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="494"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="495">C0<DD>
|
|
all ASCII control characters.
|
|
<DT id="496">BS<DD>
|
|
ASCII backspace
|
|
<DT id="497">CR<DD>
|
|
ASCII carriage-return
|
|
<DT id="498">DEL<DD>
|
|
ASCII delete
|
|
<DT id="499">ESC<DD>
|
|
ASCII escape
|
|
<DT id="500">FF<DD>
|
|
ASCII form-feed
|
|
<DT id="501">HT<DD>
|
|
ASCII tab
|
|
<DT id="502">NL<DD>
|
|
ASCII line-feed, i.e., ``newline''.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="503"><B>disallowedTcapOps</B> (class<B> DisallowedTcapOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if <B>allowTcapOps</B> is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names.
|
|
The default value is
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
SetTcap,GetTcap
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="504"><DD>
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="505"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="506">SetTcap<DD>
|
|
(not implemented)
|
|
<DT id="507">GetTcap<DD>
|
|
Report specified function- and other special keys.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="508"><B>disallowedWindowOps</B> (class<B> DisallowedWindowOps</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if <B>allowWindowOps</B> is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names, or (for the controls adapted
|
|
from <I>dtterm</I> the operation number).
|
|
The default value is
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,13,14,18,19,20,21,GetSelection,SetSelection,SetWinLines,SetXprop
|
|
(i.e. no operations are allowed).
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="509"><DD>
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
Where a number can be used
|
|
as an alternative, it is given in parentheses after the name.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="510"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="511">GetChecksum<DD>
|
|
Report checksum of characters in a rectangular region.
|
|
<DT id="512">GetIconTitle (20)<DD>
|
|
Report <I>xterm</I> window's icon label as a string.
|
|
<DT id="513">GetScreenSizeChars (19)<DD>
|
|
Report the size of the screen in characters as numbers.
|
|
<DT id="514">GetSelection<DD>
|
|
Report selection data as a base64 string.
|
|
<DT id="515">GetWinPosition (13)<DD>
|
|
Report <I>xterm</I> window position as numbers.
|
|
<DT id="516">GetWinSizeChars (18)<DD>
|
|
Report the size of the text area in characters as numbers.
|
|
<DT id="517">GetWinSizePixels (14)<DD>
|
|
Report <I>xterm</I> window in pixels as numbers.
|
|
<DT id="518">GetWinState (11)<DD>
|
|
Report <I>xterm</I> window state as a number.
|
|
<DT id="519">GetWinTitle (21)<DD>
|
|
Report <I>xterm</I> window's title as a string.
|
|
<DT id="520">LowerWin (6)<DD>
|
|
Lower the <I>xterm</I> window to the bottom of the stacking order.
|
|
<DT id="521">MaximizeWin (9)<DD>
|
|
Maximize window (i.e., resize to screen size).
|
|
<DT id="522">FullscreenWin (10)<DD>
|
|
Use full screen (i.e., resize to screen size, without window decorations).
|
|
<DT id="523">MinimizeWin (2)<DD>
|
|
Iconify window.
|
|
<DT id="524">PopTitle (23)<DD>
|
|
Pop title from internal stack.
|
|
<DT id="525">PushTitle (22)<DD>
|
|
Push title to internal stack.
|
|
<DT id="526">RaiseWin (5)<DD>
|
|
Raise the <I>xterm</I> window to the front of the stacking order.
|
|
<DT id="527">RefreshWin (7)<DD>
|
|
Refresh the <I>xterm</I> window.
|
|
<DT id="528">RestoreWin (1)<DD>
|
|
De-iconify window.
|
|
<DT id="529">SetChecksum<DD>
|
|
Modify algorithm for reporting checksum of characters in a rectangular region.
|
|
<DT id="530">SetSelection<DD>
|
|
Set selection data.
|
|
<DT id="531">SetWinLines<DD>
|
|
Resize to a given number of lines, at least 24.
|
|
<DT id="532">SetWinPosition (3)<DD>
|
|
Move window to given coordinates.
|
|
<DT id="533">SetWinSizeChars (8)<DD>
|
|
Resize the text area to given size in characters.
|
|
<DT id="534">SetWinSizePixels (4)<DD>
|
|
Resize the <I>xterm</I> window to given size in pixels.
|
|
<DT id="535">SetXprop<DD>
|
|
Set X property on top-level window.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="536"><B>dynamicColors</B> (class<B> DynamicColors</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not escape sequences to change colors assigned to
|
|
different attributes are recognized.
|
|
<DT id="537"><B>eightBitControl</B> (class<B> EightBitControl</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not control sequences sent by the
|
|
terminal should be eight-bit characters or escape sequences.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="538"><B>eightBitInput</B> (class<B> EightBitInput</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', Meta characters
|
|
(a single-byte character combined with the <I>Meta</I> modifier key)
|
|
input from the keyboard are presented as a
|
|
single character, modified according to the <B>eightBitMeta</B> resource.
|
|
If ``false'', Meta characters are converted into a two-character
|
|
sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="539"><DD>
|
|
The <B>metaSendsEscape</B>
|
|
and <B>altSendsEscape</B> resources may override this feature.
|
|
Generally keyboards do not have a key labeled ``Meta'',
|
|
but ``Alt'' keys are common,
|
|
and they are conventionally used for ``Meta''.
|
|
If they were synonymous, it would have been reasonable to name this
|
|
resource ``<B>altSendsEscape</B>'', reversing its sense.
|
|
For more background on this, see the <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3x+meta">meta</A></B>(3x) function in curses.
|
|
<DT id="540"><DD>
|
|
Note that the <I>Alt</I> key is not necessarily the same as the
|
|
<I>Meta</I> modifier.
|
|
The <I>xmodmap</I> utility lists your key modifiers.
|
|
X defines modifiers for shift, (caps) lock and control,
|
|
as well as 5 additional modifiers which are generally used to configure
|
|
key modifiers.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> inspects the same information to find the modifier associated
|
|
with either <I>Meta</I> key (left or right),
|
|
and uses that key as the <I>Meta</I> modifier.
|
|
It also looks for the NumLock key,
|
|
to recognize the modifier which is associated with that.
|
|
<DT id="541"><DD>
|
|
If your <I>xmodmap</I> configuration
|
|
uses the same keycodes for Alt- and Meta-keys,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will only see the Alt-key definitions, since those are tested
|
|
before Meta-keys.
|
|
NumLock is tested first.
|
|
It is important to keep these keys distinct;
|
|
otherwise some of <I>xterm</I>'s functionality is not available.
|
|
<DT id="542"><DD>
|
|
The <B>eightBitInput</B> resource is tested at startup time.
|
|
If ``true'',
|
|
the <I>xterm</I> tries to put the terminal into 8-bit mode.
|
|
If ``false'',
|
|
on startup, <I>xterm</I> tries to put the terminal into 7-bit mode.
|
|
For some configurations this is unsuccessful; failure is ignored.
|
|
After startup, <I>xterm</I> does not
|
|
change the terminal between 8-bit and 7-bit mode.
|
|
<DT id="543"><DD>
|
|
As originally implemented in X11,
|
|
the resource value did not change after startup.
|
|
However
|
|
(since patch #216 in 2006)
|
|
<I>xterm</I> can modify <B>eightBitInput</B> after startup
|
|
via a control sequence.
|
|
The corresponding terminfo capabilities <B>smm</B> (set meta mode)
|
|
and <B>rmm</B> (reset meta mode)
|
|
have been recognized by <I>bash</I> for some time.
|
|
Interestingly enough, <I>bash</I>'s notion of ``meta mode''
|
|
differs from the standard definition (in the <I>terminfo</I> manual),
|
|
which describes the change to the eighth bit of a character.
|
|
It happens that <I>bash</I> views ``meta mode''
|
|
as the ESC character that <I>xterm</I> puts before a character when a
|
|
special meta key is pressed.
|
|
<I>bash</I>'s early documentation talks about the ESC character
|
|
and ignores the eighth bit.
|
|
<DT id="544"><B>eightBitMeta</B> (class<B> EightBitMeta</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This controls the way <I>xterm</I> modifies the eighth bit of a single-byte
|
|
key when the <B>eightBitInput</B> resource is set.
|
|
The default is ``locale''.
|
|
<DT id="545"><DD>
|
|
The resource value is a string, evaluated as a boolean after startup.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="546"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="547">false<DD>
|
|
The key is sent unmodified.
|
|
<DT id="548">locale<DD>
|
|
The key is modified only if the locale uses eight-bit encoding.
|
|
<DT id="549">true<DD>
|
|
The key is sent modified.
|
|
<DT id="550">never<DD>
|
|
The key is always sent unmodified.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="551"><DD>
|
|
Except for the <B>never</B> choice, <I>xterm</I> honors the
|
|
terminfo capabilities <B>smm</B> (set meta mode)
|
|
and <B>rmm</B> (reset meta mode),
|
|
allowing the feature to be turned on or off dynamically.
|
|
<DT id="552"><DD>
|
|
If <B>eightBitMeta</B> is enabled when the locale uses UTF-8,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> encodes the value as UTF-8
|
|
(since patch #183 in 2003).
|
|
<DT id="553"><B>eightBitOutput</B> (class<B> EightBitOutput</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not eight-bit characters sent from the host should be
|
|
accepted as is or stripped when printed.
|
|
The default is ``true'',
|
|
which means that they are accepted as is.
|
|
<DT id="554"><B>eightBitSelectTypes</B> (class<B> EightBitSelectTypes</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Override <I>xterm</I>'s default selection target list
|
|
(see <B>SELECT/PASTE</B>) for selections in normal (ISO-8859-1) mode.
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., ``'',
|
|
which does not override anything.
|
|
<DT id="555"><B>eraseSavedLines</B> (class<B> EraseSavedLines</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not to allow
|
|
<I>xterm</I> extended ED/DECSED control sequences to erase the saved-line buffer.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="556"><B>faceName</B> (class<B> FaceName</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the pattern for scalable fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
There is no default value.
|
|
<DT id="557"><DD>
|
|
One or more fonts can be specified, separated by commas.
|
|
If prefixed with ``x:'' or ``x11:'' the specification
|
|
applies to the XLFD <B>font</B> resource.
|
|
A ``xft:'' prefix is accepted but unnecessary since
|
|
a missing prefix for <B>faceName</B> means that it will be used for TrueType.
|
|
For example,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
XTerm*faceName: x:fixed,xft:Bitstream Vera Sans Mono
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="558"><DD>
|
|
If no <B>faceName</B> resource is specified,
|
|
or if there is no match for both TrueType normal and bold fonts,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> uses the XLFD (bitmap) <B>font</B> and related resources.
|
|
<DT id="559"><DD>
|
|
It is possible to select suitable bitmap fonts using a script such as this:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
#!/bin/sh
|
|
FONT=`xfontsel -print`
|
|
test -n "$FONT" && xfd -fn "$FONT"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="560"><DD>
|
|
However (even though <I>xfd</I> accepts a ``<B>-fa</B>'' option
|
|
to denote FreeType fonts),
|
|
<I>xfontsel</I> has not been similarly extended.
|
|
As a workaround, you may try
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
fc-list :scalable=true:spacing=mono: family
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="561"><DD>
|
|
to find a list of scalable fixed-pitch fonts
|
|
which may be used for the <B>faceName</B> resource value.
|
|
<DT id="562"><B>faceNameDoublesize</B> (class<B> FaceNameDoublesize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify a double-width scalable font for cases where an application requires
|
|
this, e.g., in CJK applications.
|
|
There is no default value.
|
|
<DT id="563"><DD>
|
|
Like the <B>faceName</B> resource, this allows one or more comma-separated
|
|
font specifications to be applied to the <I>wide</I> TrueType or XLFD fonts.
|
|
<DT id="564"><DD>
|
|
If the application uses double-wide characters and this resource is not given,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will use a scaled version of the font given by <B>faceName</B>.
|
|
<DT id="565"><B>faceSize</B> (class<B> FaceSize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the pointsize for fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
The default is ``8.0''
|
|
On the <B>VT Fonts</B> menu, this corresponds to the <I>Default</I> entry.
|
|
<DT id="566"><DD>
|
|
Although the default is ``8.0'',
|
|
this may not be the same as the pointsize for the default bitmap font,
|
|
i.e., that assigned with the <B>-fn</B> option,
|
|
or the <B>font</B> resource.
|
|
The default value of <B>faceSize</B> is chosen
|
|
to match the size of the ``fixed'' font,
|
|
making switching between bitmap and TrueType fonts via the font menu
|
|
give comparable sizes for the window.
|
|
If your <B>-fn</B> option uses a different pointsize,
|
|
you might want to adjust the <B>faceSize</B> resource to match.
|
|
<DT id="567"><DD>
|
|
You can specify the pointsize for TrueType fonts selected with the other
|
|
size-related menu entries such as Medium, Huge, etc., by using one of
|
|
the following resource values.
|
|
If you do not specify a value,
|
|
they default to ``0.0'',
|
|
which causes <I>xterm</I> to use the ratio of font sizes
|
|
from the corresponding bitmap
|
|
font resources to obtain a TrueType pointsize.
|
|
<DT id="568"><DD>
|
|
If all of the <B>faceSize</B> resources are set, then <I>xterm</I>
|
|
will use this information to determine the next smaller/larger
|
|
TrueType font for the
|
|
<B>larger-vt-font()</B> and
|
|
<B>smaller-vt-font()</B> actions.
|
|
If any are not set, <I>xterm</I> will use only the areas of the bitmap fonts.
|
|
<DT id="569"><B>faceSize1</B> (class<B> FaceSize1</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the first alternative font.
|
|
<DT id="570"><B>faceSize2</B> (class<B> FaceSize2</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the second alternative font.
|
|
<DT id="571"><B>faceSize3</B> (class<B> FaceSize3</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the third alternative font.
|
|
<DT id="572"><B>faceSize4</B> (class<B> FaceSize4</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the fourth alternative font.
|
|
<DT id="573"><B>faceSize5</B> (class<B> FaceSize5</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the fifth alternative font.
|
|
<DT id="574"><B>faceSize6</B> (class<B> FaceSize6</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the sixth alternative font.
|
|
<DT id="575"><B>font</B> (class<B> Font</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the normal font.
|
|
The default is ``fixed''.
|
|
<DT id="576"><DD>
|
|
See the discussion of the <B>locale</B> resource,
|
|
which describes how this font may be overridden.
|
|
<DT id="577"><DD>
|
|
NOTE: some resource files use patterns such as
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*font: fixed
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="578"><DD>
|
|
which are overly broad, affecting both
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
xterm.vt100.font
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="579"><DD>
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
xterm.vt100.utf8Fonts.font
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="580"><DD>
|
|
which is probably not what you intended.
|
|
<DT id="581"><B>fastScroll</B> (class<B> FastScroll</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Modifies the effect of jump scroll (<B>jumpScroll</B>)
|
|
by suppressing screen refreshes
|
|
for the special case when output to the screen has completely shifted
|
|
the contents off-screen.
|
|
For instance, <I>cat</I>'ing a large file to the screen does this.
|
|
<DT id="582"><B>font1</B> (class<B> Font1</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the first alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to ``Unreadable'' in the standard menu.
|
|
<DT id="583"><B>font2</B> (class<B> Font2</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the second alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to ``Tiny'' in the standard menu.
|
|
<DT id="584"><B>font3</B> (class<B> Font3</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the third alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to ``Small'' in the standard menu.
|
|
<DT id="585"><B>font4</B> (class<B> Font4</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the fourth alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to ``Medium'' in the standard menu.
|
|
<DT id="586"><B>font5</B> (class<B> Font5</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the fifth alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to ``Large'' in the standard menu.
|
|
<DT id="587"><B>font6</B> (class<B> Font6</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the sixth alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to ``Huge'' in the standard menu.
|
|
<DT id="588"><B>fontDoublesize</B> (class<B> FontDoublesize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should attempt to use font scaling to draw
|
|
double-sized characters.
|
|
Some older font servers cannot do this properly, will return misleading
|
|
font metrics.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
If disabled, <I>xterm</I> will simulate double-sized characters by drawing
|
|
normal characters with spaces between them.
|
|
<DT id="589"><B>fontWarnings</B> (class<B> FontWarnings</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify whether <I>xterm</I> should report an error if it fails to load a font:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="590"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="591">0<DD>
|
|
Never report an error (though the X libraries may).
|
|
<DT id="592">1<DD>
|
|
Report an error if the font name was given as a resource setting.
|
|
<DT id="593">2<DD>
|
|
Always report an error on failure to load a font.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="594"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``1''.
|
|
<DT id="595"><B>forceBoxChars</B> (class<B> ForceBoxChars</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should assume the normal and bold fonts
|
|
have VT100 line-drawing characters:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="596"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fixed-pitch ISO-8859-*-encoded fonts used by <I>xterm</I>
|
|
normally have the VT100 line-drawing glyphs in cells 1-31.
|
|
Other fixed-pitch fonts may be more attractive, but lack these glyphs.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
When using an ISO-10646-1 font and the <B>wideChars</B> resource is true,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> uses the Unicode glyphs which match the VT100 line-drawing glyphs.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="597"><DD>
|
|
If ``false'', <I>xterm</I> checks for missing glyphs in the font
|
|
and makes line-drawing characters directly as needed.
|
|
If ``true'', <I>xterm</I> assumes the font does not contain the
|
|
line-drawing characters, and draws them directly.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="598"><DD>
|
|
The VT100 line-drawing character set
|
|
(also known as the <I>DEC Special Character and Line Drawing Set</I>)
|
|
is shown in this table.
|
|
It includes a few <I>special</I> characters which are not used for
|
|
drawing lines:
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><I>Cell</I></TD><TD><I>Unicode</I></TD><TD><I>Description</I><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>1</TD><TD>U+25C6</TD><TD>black diamond<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>2</TD><TD>U+2592</TD><TD>medium shade<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>3</TD><TD>U+2409</TD><TD>symbol for horizontal tabulation<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>4</TD><TD>U+240C</TD><TD>symbol for form feed<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>5</TD><TD>U+240D</TD><TD>symbol for carriage return<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>6</TD><TD>U+240A</TD><TD>symbol for line feed<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>7</TD><TD>U+00B0</TD><TD>degree sign<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>8</TD><TD>U+00B1</TD><TD>plus-minus sign<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>9</TD><TD>U+2424</TD><TD>symbol for newline<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>10</TD><TD>U+240B</TD><TD>symbol for vertical tabulation<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>11</TD><TD>U+2518</TD><TD>box drawings light up and left<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>12</TD><TD>U+2510</TD><TD>box drawings light down and left<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>13</TD><TD>U+250C</TD><TD>box drawings light down and right<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>14</TD><TD>U+2514</TD><TD>box drawings light up and right<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>15</TD><TD>U+253C</TD><TD>box drawings light vertical and horizontal<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>16</TD><TD>U+23BA</TD><TD>box drawings scan 1<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>17</TD><TD>U+23BB</TD><TD>box drawings scan 3<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>18</TD><TD>U+2500</TD><TD>box drawings light horizontal<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>19</TD><TD>U+23BC</TD><TD>box drawings scan 7<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>20</TD><TD>U+23BD</TD><TD>box drawings scan 9<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>21</TD><TD>U+251C</TD><TD>box drawings light vertical and right<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>22</TD><TD>U+2524</TD><TD>box drawings light vertical and left<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>23</TD><TD>U+2534</TD><TD>box drawings light up and horizontal<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>24</TD><TD>U+252C</TD><TD>box drawings light down and horizontal<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>25</TD><TD>U+2502</TD><TD>box drawings light vertical<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>26</TD><TD>U+2264</TD><TD>less-than or equal to<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>27</TD><TD>U+2265</TD><TD>greater-than or equal to<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>28</TD><TD>U+03C0</TD><TD>greek small letter pi<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>29</TD><TD>U+2260</TD><TD>not equal to<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>30</TD><TD>U+00A3</TD><TD>pound sign<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>31</TD><TD>U+00B7</TD><TD>middle dot<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD COLSPAN=3><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="599"><B>forcePackedFont</B> (class<B> ForcePackedFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should use the maximum or minimum glyph
|
|
width when displaying using a bitmap font.
|
|
Use the maximum width to help with proportional fonts.
|
|
The default is ``true'', denoting the minimum width.
|
|
<DT id="600"><B>foreground</B> (class<B> Foreground</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the color to use for displaying text in the window.
|
|
Setting the
|
|
class name instead of the instance name is an easy way to have everything
|
|
that would normally appear in the text color change color.
|
|
The default
|
|
is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="601"><B>formatOtherKeys</B> (class<B> FormatOtherKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Overrides the format of the escape sequence used to report modified keys
|
|
with the <B>modifyOtherKeys</B> resource.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="602"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="603">0<DD>
|
|
send modified keys as parameters for function-key 27 (default).
|
|
<DT id="604">1<DD>
|
|
send modified keys as parameters for CSI u.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="605"><B>freeBoldBox</B> (class<B> FreeBoldBox</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should assume the bounding boxes for
|
|
normal and bold fonts are compatible.
|
|
If ``false'', <I>xterm</I> compares them and will reject choices of
|
|
bold fonts that do not match the size of the normal font.
|
|
The default is ``false'', which means that the comparison is performed.
|
|
<DT id="606"><B>geometry</B> (class<B> Geometry</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the preferred size and position of the VT<I>xxx</I> window.
|
|
There is no default for this resource.
|
|
<DT id="607"><B>highlightColor</B> (class<B> HighlightColor</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the background of selected (highlighted) text.
|
|
If not specified (i.e., matching the default foreground), reverse video is used.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="608"><B>highlightColorMode</B> (class<B> HighlightColorMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should use
|
|
<B>highlightTextColor</B> and <B>highlightColor</B>
|
|
to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection.
|
|
The default is unspecified:
|
|
at startup, <I>xterm</I> checks if those resources are set to something
|
|
other than the default foreground and background colors.
|
|
Setting this resource disables the check.
|
|
<DT id="609"><DD>
|
|
The following table shows the interaction of the highlighting
|
|
resources, abbreviated as shown to fit in this page:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="610"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="611"><I>HCM</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
highlightColorMode
|
|
<DT id="612"><I>HR</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
highlightReverse
|
|
<DT id="613"><I>HBG</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
highlightColor
|
|
<DT id="614"><I>HFG</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
highlightTextColor
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="615"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><I>HCM</I></TD><TD><I>HR</I></TD><TD><I>HBG</I></TD><TD><I>HFG</I></TD><TD><I>Highlight</I><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>fg/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>fg/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD COLSPAN=5><HR><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>fg/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>fg/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD COLSPAN=5><HR><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>HFG/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>bg/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>HFG/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD COLSPAN=5><HR><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>HFG/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>fg/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>HFG/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD COLSPAN=5><HR><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>default</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>default</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>default</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>fg/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>default</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>HFG/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD COLSPAN=5><HR><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>default</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>default</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>bg/fg<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>default</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>default</TD><TD>fg/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>default</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>set</TD><TD>HFG/HBG<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD COLSPAN=5><HR><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="616"><B>highlightReverse</B> (class<B> HighlightReverse</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should reverse the selection foreground
|
|
and background colors when selecting text with reverse-video attribute.
|
|
This applies only to
|
|
the <B>highlightColor</B> and <B>highlightTextColor</B> resources,
|
|
e.g., to match the color scheme of <I>xwsh</I>.
|
|
If ``true'', <I>xterm</I> reverses the colors,
|
|
If ``false'', <I>xterm</I> does not reverse colors,
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="617"><B>highlightSelection</B> (class<B> HighlightSelection</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> whether to highlight all of the selected positions,
|
|
or only the selected text:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="618"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If ``false'',
|
|
selecting with the mouse highlights all positions on the screen
|
|
between the beginning of the selection and the current position.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If ``true'',
|
|
<I>xterm</I> highlights only the positions that contain text that
|
|
can be selected.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="619"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="620"><DD>
|
|
Depending on the way your applications write to the screen, there may
|
|
be trailing blanks on a line.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> stores data as it is shown on the screen.
|
|
Erasing the display changes the internal state of each cell
|
|
so it is not considered a blank for the purpose of selection.
|
|
Blanks written since the last erase are selectable.
|
|
If you do not wish to have trailing blanks in a selection,
|
|
use the <B>trimSelection</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="621"><B>highlightTextColor</B> (class<B> HighlightTextColor</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the foreground of selected (highlighted) text.
|
|
If not specified (i.e., matching the default background), reverse video is used.
|
|
The default is ``XtDefaultBackground''.
|
|
<DT id="622"><B>hpLowerleftBugCompat</B> (class<B> HpLowerleftBugCompat</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to work around a bug in HP's <I>xdb</I>,
|
|
which ignores termcap and always sends
|
|
ESC F to move to the lower left corner.
|
|
``true'' causes <I>xterm</I> to interpret ESC F as a request to move to the
|
|
lower left corner of the screen.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="623"><B>i18nSelections</B> (class<B> I18nSelections</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If false, <I>xterm</I> will not request the targets
|
|
<B>COMPOUND_TEXT</B>
|
|
or
|
|
<B>TEXT</B>.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
It may be set to false in order to work around
|
|
ICCCM violations by other X clients.
|
|
<DT id="624"><B>iconBorderColor</B> (class<B> BorderColor</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the border color for the active icon window if this feature
|
|
is compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
Not all window managers will make the icon
|
|
border visible.
|
|
<DT id="625"><B>iconBorderWidth</B> (class<B> BorderWidth</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the border width for the active icon window if this feature
|
|
is compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
The default is ``2''.
|
|
Not all window managers will make the border visible.
|
|
<DT id="626"><B>iconFont</B> (class<B> IconFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the font for the miniature active icon window, if this feature
|
|
is compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
The default is ``nil2''.
|
|
<DT id="627"><B>initialFont</B> (class<B> InitialFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies which of the VT100 fonts to use initially.
|
|
Values are the same as for the <B>set-vt-font</B> action.
|
|
The default is ``d'', i.e., ``default''.
|
|
<DT id="628"><B>inputMethod</B> (class<B> InputMethod</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> which type of input method to use.
|
|
There is no default method.
|
|
<DT id="629"><B>internalBorder</B> (class<B> BorderWidth</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the number of pixels between the characters and the window border.
|
|
The default is ``2''.
|
|
<DT id="630"><B>italicULMode</B> (class<B> ColorAttrMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the underline attribute should be displayed
|
|
in an italic font or as underlined characters.
|
|
It is implemented only for TrueType fonts.
|
|
<DT id="631"><B>jumpScroll</B> (class<B> JumpScroll</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not jump scroll should be used.
|
|
This corresponds to the VT102 DECSCLM private mode.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
See <B>fastScroll</B> for a variation.
|
|
<DT id="632"><B>keepClipboard</B> (class<B> KeepClipboard</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> will reuse the selection data which it
|
|
copied to the clipboard rather than asking the clipboard for its
|
|
current contents when told to provide the selection.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="633"><DD>
|
|
The menu entry <B>Keep Clipboard</B> allows you to change this at runtime.
|
|
<DT id="634"><B>keepSelection</B> (class<B> KeepSelection</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> will keep the selection even after the
|
|
selected area was touched by some output to the terminal.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="635"><DD>
|
|
The menu entry <B>Keep Selection</B> allows you to change this at runtime.
|
|
<DT id="636"><B>keyboardDialect</B> (class<B> KeyboardDialect</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the initial keyboard dialect, as well as the default value when
|
|
the terminal is reset.
|
|
The value given is the same as the final character in the control sequences
|
|
which change character sets.
|
|
The default is ``B'', which corresponds to US ASCII.
|
|
<DT id="637"><B></B><I>name</I><B>Keymap</B> (class<B> </B><I>Name</I><B>Keymap</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
See the discussion of the <B>keymap()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="638"><B>limitFontsets</B> (class<B> LimitFontsets</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Limits the number of TrueType fallback fonts (i.e., fontset) which can be used.
|
|
The default is ``50''.
|
|
<DT id="639"><DD>
|
|
This limits the number of fallback fonts
|
|
which <I>xterm</I> uses to display characters.
|
|
Because TrueType fonts typically are small,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> may open several fonts for good coverage, and
|
|
may open additional fonts to obtain information.
|
|
You can see which font-files <I>xterm</I> opens by setting the
|
|
environment variable <B>XFT_DEBUG</B> to 3.
|
|
The Xft library and <I>xterm</I> write this debugging trace
|
|
to the standard output.
|
|
<DT id="640"><DD>
|
|
Set this to ``0'' to disable fallbacks entirely.
|
|
<DT id="641"><B>limitResize</B> (class<B> LimitResize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Limits resizing of the screen via control sequence to a given multiple of
|
|
the display dimensions.
|
|
The default is ``1''.
|
|
<DT id="642"><B>limitResponse</B> (class<B> LimitResponse</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Limits the buffer-size used when <I>xterm</I>
|
|
replies to various control sequences.
|
|
The default is ``1024''.
|
|
The minimum value is ``256''.
|
|
<DT id="643"><B>locale</B> (class<B> Locale</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies how to use <I>luit</I>, an encoding converter between UTF-8
|
|
and locale encodings.
|
|
The resource value (ignoring case) may be:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="644"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="645"><I>true</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> will use the
|
|
encoding specified by the users' LC_CTYPE locale (i.e., LC_ALL,
|
|
LC_CTYPE, or LANG variables) as far as possible.
|
|
This is realized
|
|
by always enabling UTF-8 mode and invoking <I>luit</I> in non-UTF-8
|
|
locales.
|
|
<DT id="646"><I>medium</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> will follow users'
|
|
LC_CTYPE locale only for UTF-8, east Asian, and Thai locales,
|
|
where the encodings were not supported by conventional 8bit mode
|
|
with changing fonts.
|
|
For other locales, <I>xterm</I> will use conventional 8bit mode.
|
|
<DT id="647"><I>checkfont</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If mini-luit is compiled-in, <I>xterm</I> will check if a Unicode font has
|
|
been specified.
|
|
If so, it checks if the character encoding for the
|
|
current locale is POSIX, Latin-1 or Latin-9, uses the appropriate
|
|
mapping to support those with the Unicode font.
|
|
For other encodings, <I>xterm</I> assumes that UTF-8 encoding is required.
|
|
<DT id="648"><I>false</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> will use conventional 8bit mode
|
|
or UTF-8 mode according to <B>utf8</B> resource or <B>-u8</B> option.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="649"><DD>
|
|
Any other value, e.g., ``UTF-8'' or ``ISO8859-2'',
|
|
is assumed to be an encoding name;
|
|
<I>luit</I> will be invoked to support the encoding.
|
|
The actual list of supported encodings depends on <I>luit</I>.
|
|
The default is ``medium''.
|
|
<DT id="650"><DD>
|
|
Regardless of your locale and encoding,
|
|
you need an ISO-10646-1 font to display the result.
|
|
Your configuration may not include this font,
|
|
or locale-support by <I>xterm</I> may not be needed.
|
|
<DT id="651"><DD>
|
|
At startup, <I>xterm</I> uses a mechanism equivalent to
|
|
the <B>load-vt-fonts(utf8Fonts, Utf8Fonts)</B> action
|
|
to load font name subresources of the VT100 widget.
|
|
That is,
|
|
resource patterns such as ``<B>*vt100.utf8Fonts.font</B>'' will be loaded,
|
|
and (if this resource is enabled), override the normal fonts.
|
|
If no subresources are found,
|
|
the normal fonts such as ``<B>*vt100.font</B>'', etc., are used.
|
|
<DT id="652"><DD>
|
|
For instance, you could have this in your resource file:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*VT100.font: 12x24
|
|
*VT100.utf8Fonts.font:9x15
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="653"><DD>
|
|
When started with a UTF-8 locale, <I>xterm</I> would use 9x15, but
|
|
allow you to switch to the 12x24 font
|
|
using the menu entry ``<B>UTF-8 Fonts</B>''.
|
|
<DT id="654"><DD>
|
|
The resource files distributed with <I>xterm</I> use ISO-10646-1 fonts,
|
|
but do not rely on them unless you are using the locale mechanism.
|
|
<DT id="655"><B>localeFilter</B> (class<B> LocaleFilter</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the file name for the encoding converter from/to locale
|
|
encodings and UTF-8 which is used with
|
|
the <B>-lc</B> option or <B>locale</B> resource.
|
|
The help message shown by ``xterm -help'' lists the default value,
|
|
which depends on your system configuration.
|
|
<DT id="656"><DD>
|
|
If the encoding converter requires command-line parameters,
|
|
you can add those after the command, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*localeFilter: xterm-filter -p
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="657"><DD>
|
|
Alternatively,
|
|
you may put those parameter within a shell script to execute the converter,
|
|
and set this resource to point to the shell script.
|
|
<DT id="658"><DD>
|
|
When using a locale-filter, e.g., with the <I>-e</I> option, or the shell,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> first tries passing control via that filter.
|
|
If it fails, <I>xterm</I> will retry without the locale-filter.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> warns about the failure before retrying.
|
|
<DT id="659"><B>loginShell</B> (class<B> LoginShell</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the shell to be run in the window should be started
|
|
as a login shell.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="660"><B>logFile</B> (class<B> Logfile</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the name for <I>xterm</I>'s log file.
|
|
If no name is specified, <I>xterm</I> will generate a name when
|
|
logging is enabled,
|
|
as described in the <B>-l</B> option.
|
|
<DT id="661"><B>logInhibit</B> (class<B> LogInhibit</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', prevent the logging feature from being enabled,
|
|
whether by the command-line option <B>-l</B>,
|
|
or the menu entry <B>Log to File</B>.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="662"><B>logging</B> (class<B> Logging</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', (and if <B>logInhibit</B> is not set)
|
|
enable the logging feature.
|
|
This resource is set/updated by the <B>-l</B> option and the
|
|
menu entry <B>Log to File</B>.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="663"><B>marginBell</B> (class<B> MarginBell</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the bell should be rung when the user types near the
|
|
right margin.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="664"><B>maxGraphicSize</B> (class<B> MaxGraphicSize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support ReGIS or SIXEL graphics,
|
|
this resource controls the maximum size of a graph which can be displayed.
|
|
<DT id="665"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``1000x1000'' (given as <I>width</I> by <I>height</I>).
|
|
<DT id="666"><DD>
|
|
If the resource is ``auto'' then <I>xterm</I> will use the
|
|
<B>decTerminalID</B> resource:
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><B>Result</B></TD><TD><B>decTerminalID</B><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>800x460</TD><TD ALIGN=right>240<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>800x460</TD><TD ALIGN=right>241<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>800x480</TD><TD ALIGN=right>330<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>800x480</TD><TD ALIGN=right>340<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>860x750</TD><TD ALIGN=right>382<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>800x480</TD><TD ALIGN=right><I>other</I><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="667"><B>metaSendsEscape</B> (class<B> MetaSendsEscape</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> what to do with input-characters modified by <I>Meta</I>:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="668"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If ``true'', Meta characters
|
|
(a character combined with the <I>Meta</I> modifier key)
|
|
are converted into a two-character
|
|
sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.
|
|
This applies as well to function key control sequences, unless <I>xterm</I>
|
|
sees that <B>Meta</B> is used in your key translations.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If ``false'',
|
|
Meta characters input from the keyboard are handled according
|
|
to the <B>eightBitInput</B> resource.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="669"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``False''.
|
|
<DT id="670"><B>mkSamplePass</B> (class<B> MkSamplePass</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <B>mkSampleSize</B> is nonzero,
|
|
and <B>mkWidth</B> (and <B>cjkWidth</B>) are false,
|
|
on startup <I>xterm</I> compares its built-in tables to the system's
|
|
wide character width data to decide if it will use the system's data.
|
|
It tests the first <B>mkSampleSize</B> character values,
|
|
and allows up to <B>mkSamplePass</B> mismatches before the test fails.
|
|
The default (for the allowed number of mismatches) is 655
|
|
(one percent of the default value for <B>mkSampleSize</B>).
|
|
<DT id="671"><B>mkSampleSize</B> (class<B> MkSampleSize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
With <B>mkSamplePass</B>, this specifies a startup test used for
|
|
initializing wide character width calculations.
|
|
The default (number of characters to check) is 65536.
|
|
<DT id="672"><B>mkWidth</B> (class<B> MkWidth</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should use a built-in version of the wide
|
|
character width calculation.
|
|
See also the <B>cjkWidth</B> resource which can override this.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="673"><DD>
|
|
Here is a summary of the resources which control the choice of
|
|
wide character width calculation:
|
|
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><I>cjkWidth</I></TD><TD><I>mkWidth</I></TD><TD><I>Action</I><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>false</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>use built-in tables<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>false</TD><TD>use built-in CJK tables<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD>true</TD><TD>true</TD><TD>use built-in CJK tables<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="674"><DD>
|
|
To disable <B>mkWidth</B>, and use the system's tables,
|
|
set both <B>mkSampleSize</B> and <B>mkSamplePass</B> to ``0''.
|
|
Doing that may make <I>xterm</I> more consistent
|
|
with applications running in <I>xterm</I>,
|
|
but may omit some font glyphs whose width correctly differs
|
|
from the system's character tables.
|
|
<DT id="675"><B>modifyCursorKeys</B> (class<B> ModifyCursorKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells how to handle the special case where
|
|
Control-, Shift-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers are used to add a parameter to
|
|
the escape sequence returned by a cursor-key.
|
|
The default is ``2'':
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="676"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="677">-1<DD>
|
|
disables the feature.
|
|
<DT id="678">0<DD>
|
|
uses the old/obsolete behavior, i.e., the modifier is the first parameter.
|
|
<DT id="679">1<DD>
|
|
prefixes modified sequences with CSI.
|
|
<DT id="680">2<DD>
|
|
forces the modifier to be the second parameter if it would
|
|
otherwise be the first.
|
|
<DT id="681">3<DD>
|
|
marks the sequence with a ``>'' to hint that it is private.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="682"><B>modifyFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> ModifyFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells how to handle the special case where
|
|
Control-, Shift-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers are used to add a parameter to
|
|
the escape sequence returned by a (numbered) function-key.
|
|
The default is ``2''.
|
|
The resource values are similar to <B>modifyCursorKeys</B>:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="683"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="684">-1<DD>
|
|
permits the user to use shift- and control-modifiers
|
|
to construct function-key strings using the normal encoding scheme.
|
|
<DT id="685">0<DD>
|
|
uses the old/obsolete behavior, i.e., the modifier is the first parameter.
|
|
<DT id="686">1<DD>
|
|
prefixes modified sequences with CSI.
|
|
<DT id="687">2<DD>
|
|
forces the modifier to be the second parameter if it would
|
|
otherwise be the first.
|
|
<DT id="688">3<DD>
|
|
marks the sequence with a ``>'' to hint that it is private.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="689"><DD>
|
|
If <B>modifyFunctionKeys</B> is zero,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> uses Control- and Shift-modifiers to allow the user to
|
|
construct numbered function-keys beyond the set provided by the
|
|
keyboard:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="690"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="691">Control<DD>
|
|
adds the value given by the <B>ctrlFKeys</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="692">Shift<DD>
|
|
adds twice the value given by the <B>ctrlFKeys</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="693">Control/Shift<DD>
|
|
adds three times the value given by the <B>ctrlFKeys</B> resource.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="694"><DD>
|
|
<DT id="695"><B>modifyKeyboard</B> (class<B> ModifyKeyboard</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Normally <I>xterm</I> makes a special case regarding
|
|
modifiers (shift, control, etc.)
|
|
to handle special keyboard layouts (<B>legacy</B> and <B>vt220</B>).
|
|
This is done to provide compatible keyboards for DEC VT220 and related
|
|
terminals that implement user-defined keys (UDK).
|
|
<DT id="696"><DD>
|
|
The bits of the resource value selectively enable
|
|
modification of the given category when these keyboards are selected.
|
|
The default is ``0'':
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="697"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="698">0<DD>
|
|
The legacy/vt220 keyboards interpret only the
|
|
Control-modifier when constructing numbered function-keys.
|
|
Other special keys are not modified.
|
|
<DT id="699">1<DD>
|
|
allows modification of the numeric keypad
|
|
<DT id="700">2<DD>
|
|
allows modification of the editing keypad
|
|
<DT id="701">4<DD>
|
|
allows modification of function-keys,
|
|
overrides use of Shift-modifier for UDK.
|
|
<DT id="702">8<DD>
|
|
allows modification of other special keys
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="703"><B>modifyOtherKeys</B> (class<B> ModifyOtherKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Like <B>modifyCursorKeys</B>, tells <I>xterm</I> to construct an
|
|
escape sequence for <I>ordinary</I> (i.e., ``other'') keys
|
|
(such as ``2'') when modified by
|
|
Shift-, Control-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers.
|
|
This feature does not apply to <I>special keys</I>,
|
|
i.e., cursor-, keypad-, function- or control-keys
|
|
which are labeled on your keyboard.
|
|
Those have key symbols which XKB identifies uniquely.
|
|
<DT id="704"><DD>
|
|
For example, this feature does not apply to <I>special</I>
|
|
control-keys
|
|
(e.g., Escape, Tab, Enter, Backspace)
|
|
Other control keys (e.g., Control-I, Control-M, Control-H) may
|
|
send escape sequences when this feature is enabled.
|
|
<DT id="705"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``0'':
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="706"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="707">0<DD>
|
|
disables this feature.
|
|
<DT id="708">1<DD>
|
|
enables this feature for keys except for those with
|
|
well-known behavior, e.g., Tab, Backarrow and some special
|
|
control character cases which are built into the X11 library,
|
|
e.g., Control-Space to make a NUL, or
|
|
Control-3 to make an Escape character.
|
|
<DT id="709"><DD>
|
|
Except for those special cases built into the X11 library,
|
|
the Shift- and Control- modifiers are treated normally.
|
|
The Alt- and Meta- modifiers do not cause <I>xterm</I> to send escape sequences.
|
|
Those modifier keys are interpreted according to other resources,
|
|
e.g., the <B>metaSendsEscape</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="710">2<DD>
|
|
enables this feature for keys including the exceptions listed.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores the special cases built into the X11 library.
|
|
Any shifted (modified) ordinary key sends an escape sequence.
|
|
The Alt- and Meta- modifiers cause <I>xterm</I> to send escape sequences.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="711"><DD>
|
|
The <I>Xterm</I> FAQ has an extended discussion of this feature, with examples:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="712"><DD>
|
|
<A HREF="https://invisible-island.net/xterm/modified-keys.html">https://invisible-island.net/xterm/modified-keys.html</A>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="713"><B>multiClickTime</B> (class<B> MultiClickTime</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the maximum time in milliseconds between multi-click select
|
|
events.
|
|
The default is ``250'' milliseconds.
|
|
<DT id="714"><B>multiScroll</B> (class<B> MultiScroll</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not scrolling should be done asynchronously.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="715"><B>nMarginBell</B> (class<B> Column</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the number of characters from the right margin at which the margin
|
|
bell should be rung, when enabled by the <B>marginBell</B> resource.
|
|
The default is ``10''.
|
|
<DT id="716"><B>nextEventDelay</B> (class<B> NextEventDelay</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies a delay time in milliseconds before checking for new X events.
|
|
The default is ``1''.
|
|
<DT id="717"><B>numColorRegisters</B> (class<B> NumColorRegisters</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support ReGIS or SIXEL graphics,
|
|
this specifies the number of color-registers which are available.
|
|
<DT id="718"><DD>
|
|
If this resource is not specified, <I>xterm</I> uses a value determined
|
|
by the <B>decTerminalID</B> resource:
|
|
<TABLE>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><B>Result</B></TD><TD><B>decTerminalID</B><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD><HR></TD><TD><HR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>4</TD><TD ALIGN=right>240<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>4</TD><TD ALIGN=right>241<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>4</TD><TD ALIGN=right>330<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>16</TD><TD ALIGN=right>340<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>2</TD><TD ALIGN=right>382<BR></TD></TR>
|
|
<TR VALIGN=top><TD ALIGN=right>1024</TD><TD ALIGN=right><I>other</I><BR></TD></TR>
|
|
</TABLE>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="719"><B>numLock</B> (class<B> NumLock</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', <I>xterm</I> checks if NumLock is used as a modifier
|
|
(see <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+xmodmap">xmodmap</A></B>(1)).
|
|
If so, this modifier is used to simplify the logic when implementing special
|
|
NumLock for the <B>sunKeyboard</B> resource.
|
|
Also (when <B>sunKeyboard</B> is false), similar logic is used to find the
|
|
modifier associated with the left and right Alt keys.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="720"><B>oldXtermFKeys</B> (class<B> OldXtermFKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', <I>xterm</I> will use old-style (X11R5) escape sequences
|
|
for function keys F1 to F4,
|
|
for compatibility with X Consortium <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
Otherwise, it uses the VT100 codes for PF1 to PF4.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="721"><DD>
|
|
Setting this resource has the same effect as setting the <B>keyboardType</B>
|
|
to <B>legacy</B>.
|
|
The <B>keyboardType</B> resource is the preferred mechanism for
|
|
selecting this mode.
|
|
<DT id="722"><DD>
|
|
The old-style escape sequences resemble VT220 keys,
|
|
but appear to have been invented for <I>xterm</I> in X11R4.
|
|
<DT id="723"><B>on2Clicks</B> (class<B> On2Clicks</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="724"><B>on3Clicks</B> (class<B> On3Clicks</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="725"><B>on4Clicks</B> (class<B> On4Clicks</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="726"><B>on5Clicks</B> (class<B> On5Clicks</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify selection behavior in response to multiple mouse clicks.
|
|
A single mouse click is always interpreted as described in
|
|
the <B>Selection Functions</B> section (see <B>POINTER USAGE</B>).
|
|
Multiple mouse clicks (using the button which activates the <B>select-start</B>
|
|
action) are interpreted according to the resource values of
|
|
<B>on2Clicks</B>, etc.
|
|
The resource value can be one of these:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="727"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="728"><B>word</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Select a ``word'' as determined by the <B>charClass</B> resource.
|
|
See the <B>CHARACTER CLASSES</B> section.
|
|
<DT id="729"><B>line</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Select a line (counting wrapping).
|
|
<DT id="730"><B>group</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Select a group of adjacent lines (counting wrapping).
|
|
The selection stops on a blank line,
|
|
and does not extend outside the current page.
|
|
<DT id="731"><B>page</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Select all visible lines, i.e., the page.
|
|
<DT id="732"><B>all</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
Select all lines, i.e., including the saved lines.
|
|
<DT id="733"><B>regex</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Select the best match for the POSIX extended regular expression (ERE) which
|
|
follows in the resource value:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="734"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> matches the regular expression against a byte array
|
|
for the entire (possibly wrapped) line.
|
|
That byte array may be UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1,
|
|
depending on the mode in which <I>xterm</I> is running.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> steps through each byte-offset in this array,
|
|
keeping track of the best (longest) match.
|
|
If more than one match ties for the longest length, the first is used.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="735"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> does this to make it convenient to click anywhere in the area of
|
|
interest and cause the regular expression to match the entire word, etc.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``^'' and ``$'' anchors in a regular expression
|
|
denote the ends of the entire line.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the regular expression contains backslashes ``\'' those
|
|
should be escaped ``\\''
|
|
because the X libraries interpret backslashes in resource strings.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="736"><B>none</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
No selection action is associated with this resource.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> interprets it as the end of the list.
|
|
For example, you may use it to disable triple (and higher) clicking
|
|
by setting <B>on3Clicks</B> to ``none''.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="737"><DD>
|
|
The default values for <B>on2Clicks</B> and <B>on3Clicks</B> are
|
|
``word'' and ``line'', respectively.
|
|
There is no default value for <B>on4Clicks</B> or <B>on5Clicks</B>,
|
|
making those inactive.
|
|
On startup, <I>xterm</I> determines the maximum number of clicks
|
|
by the <B>on</B><I>X</I><B>Clicks</B> resource values which are set.
|
|
<DT id="738"><B>openIm</B> (class<B> OpenIm</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> whether to open the input method at startup.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="739"><B>pointerColor</B> (class<B> PointerColor</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the foreground color of the pointer.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``XtDefaultForeground''.
|
|
<DT id="740"><B>pointerColorBackground</B> (class<B> PointerColorBackground</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the background color of the pointer.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``XtDefaultBackground''.
|
|
<DT id="741"><B>pointerMode</B> (class<B> PointerMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies when the pointer may be hidden as the user types.
|
|
It will be redisplayed if the user moves the mouse,
|
|
or clicks one of its buttons.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="742"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="743">0<DD>
|
|
never
|
|
<DT id="744">1<DD>
|
|
the application running in <I>xterm</I> has not activated mouse mode.
|
|
This is the default.
|
|
<DT id="745">2<DD>
|
|
always.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="746"><B>pointerShape</B> (class<B> Cursor</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the name of the shape of the pointer.
|
|
The default is ``xterm''.
|
|
<DT id="747"><B>popOnBell</B> (class<B> PopOnBell</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether the window would be raised when Control-G is received.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="748"><DD>
|
|
If the window is iconified, this has no effect.
|
|
However, the <B>zIconBeep</B> resource provides you with the ability to
|
|
see which iconified windows have sounded a bell.
|
|
<DT id="749"><B>precompose</B> (class<B> Precompose</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> whether to precompose UTF-8 data into Normalization Form C,
|
|
which combines commonly-used accents onto base characters.
|
|
If it does not do this, accents are left as separate characters.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="750"><B>preeditType</B> (class<B> PreeditType</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> which types of preedit (preconversion) string to display.
|
|
The default is ``OverTheSpot,Root''.
|
|
<DT id="751"><B>printAttributes</B> (class<B> PrintAttributes</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to print graphic attributes along with the text.
|
|
A real DEC VT<I>xxx</I> terminal will print the underline, highlighting codes
|
|
but your printer may not handle these.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="752"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
``0'' disables the attributes.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
``1'' prints the normal set of attributes
|
|
(bold, underline, inverse and blink) as VT100-style control sequences.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
``2'' prints ANSI color attributes as well.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="753"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``1''.
|
|
<DT id="754"><B>printFileImmediate</B> (class <B>PrintFileImmediate</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When the <B>print-immediate</B> action is invoked,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> prints the screen contents directly to a file.
|
|
Set this resource to the prefix of the filename
|
|
(a timestamp will be appended to the actual name).
|
|
<DT id="755"><DD>
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., ``'',
|
|
However, when the <B>print-immediate</B> action is invoked,
|
|
if the string is empty, then ``XTerm'' is used.
|
|
<DT id="756"><B>printFileOnXError</B> (class <B>PrintFileOnXError</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> exits with an X error,
|
|
e.g., your connection is broken when the server crashes,
|
|
it can be told to write the contents of the screen to a file.
|
|
To enable the feature, set this resource to the prefix of the filename
|
|
(a timestamp will be appended to the actual name).
|
|
<DT id="757"><DD>
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., ``'',
|
|
which disables this feature.
|
|
However, when the <B>print-on-error</B> action is invoked,
|
|
if the string is empty, then ``XTermError'' is used.
|
|
<DT id="758"><DD>
|
|
These error codes are handled:
|
|
ERROR_XERROR,
|
|
ERROR_XIOERROR and
|
|
ERROR_ICEERROR.
|
|
<DT id="759"><B>printModeImmediate</B> (class <B>PrintModeImmediate</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When the <B>print-immediate</B> action is invoked,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> prints the screen contents directly to a file.
|
|
You can use the <B>printModeImmediate</B> resource to tell it to
|
|
use escape sequences to reconstruct the video attributes and colors.
|
|
This uses the same values as the <B>printAttributes</B> resource.
|
|
The default is ``0''.
|
|
<DT id="760"><B>printModeOnXError</B> (class <B>PrintModeOnXError</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> implements the <B>printFileOnXError</B> feature using
|
|
the printer feature, although the output is written directly to a file.
|
|
You can use the <B>printModeOnXError</B> resource to tell it to
|
|
use escape sequences to reconstruct the video attributes and colors.
|
|
This uses the same values as the <B>printAttributes</B> resource.
|
|
The default is ``0''.
|
|
<DT id="761"><B>printOptsImmediate</B> (class <B>PrintOptsImmediate</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the range of text which is printed to a file when
|
|
the <B>print-immediate</B> action is invoked.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="762"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If zero (0), then this selects the current (visible screen) plus the
|
|
saved lines, except if the alternate screen is being used.
|
|
In that case, only the alternate screen is selected.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If nonzero,
|
|
the bits of this resource value (checked in descending order)
|
|
select the range:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="763"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="764">8<DD>
|
|
selects the saved lines.
|
|
<DT id="765">4<DD>
|
|
selects the alternate screen.
|
|
<DT id="766">2<DD>
|
|
selects the normal screen.
|
|
<DT id="767">1<DD>
|
|
selects the current screen,
|
|
which can be either the normal or alternate screen.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="768"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``9'', which selects the current visible screen
|
|
plus saved lines, with no special case for the alternated screen.
|
|
<DT id="769"><B>printOptsOnXError</B> (class <B>PrintOptsOnXError</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specify the range of text which is printed to a file when
|
|
the <B>print-on-error</B> action is invoked.
|
|
The resource value is interpreted the same as in <B>printOptsImmediate</B>.
|
|
<DT id="770"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``9'', which selects the current visible screen
|
|
plus saved lines, with no special case for the alternated screen.
|
|
<DT id="771"><B>printerAutoClose</B> (class<B> PrinterAutoClose</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If ``true'', <I>xterm</I> will close the printer (a pipe) when the
|
|
application switches the printer offline with a Media Copy command.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="772"><B>printerCommand</B> (class<B> PrinterCommand</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies a shell command to which <I>xterm</I> will open a pipe when the first
|
|
MC (Media Copy) command is initiated.
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., ``''.
|
|
If the resource value is given as an empty string, the printer is disabled.
|
|
<DT id="773"><B>printerControlMode</B> (class<B> PrinterControlMode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the printer control mode.
|
|
A ``1'' selects autoprint mode,
|
|
which causes <I>xterm</I> to print a line from the screen
|
|
when
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="774"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
you move the cursor off that
|
|
line with a line feed, form feed or vertical tab character, or
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
an autowrap occurs.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="775"><DD>
|
|
Autoprint mode is overridden by printer controller mode (a ``2''),
|
|
which causes all of the output to be directed to the printer.
|
|
The default is ``0''.
|
|
<DT id="776"><B>printerExtent</B> (class<B> PrinterExtent</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Controls whether a print page function will print the entire page (true), or
|
|
only the portion within the scrolling margins (false).
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="777"><B>printerFormFeed</B> (class<B> PrinterFormFeed</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Controls whether a form feed is sent to the printer at the end of a print
|
|
page function.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="778"><B>printerNewLine</B> (class<B> PrinterNewLine</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Controls whether a newline is sent to the printer at the end of a print
|
|
page function.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="779"><B>privateColorRegisters</B> (class<B> PrivateColorRegisters</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support ReGIS or SIXEL graphics,
|
|
this controls whether <I>xterm</I>
|
|
allocates separate color registers for each sixel
|
|
device control string, e.g., for DECGCI.
|
|
If not true, color registers are allocated only once,
|
|
when the terminal is reset,
|
|
and color changes in any graphic affect all graphics.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="780"><B>quietGrab</B> (class<B> QuietGrab</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Controls whether the cursor is repainted
|
|
when <I>NotifyGrab</I> and <I>NotifyUngrab</I>
|
|
event types are received during change of focus.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="781"><B>regisDefaultFont</B> (class<B> RegisDefaultFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support ReGIS graphics,
|
|
this resource tells <I>xterm</I> which font to use if the ReGIS data does
|
|
not specify one.
|
|
No default value is specified;
|
|
<I>xterm</I> accepts a TrueType font specification
|
|
as in the <B>faceName</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="782"><DD>
|
|
If no value is specified,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> draws a bitmap indicating a missing character.
|
|
<DT id="783"><B>regisScreenSize</B> (class<B> RegisScreenSize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support ReGIS graphics,
|
|
this resource tells <I>xterm</I> the default size (in pixels) for these graphics,
|
|
which also sets the default coordinate space
|
|
to [0,0] (upper-left) and [<I>width</I>,<I>height</I>] (lower-right).
|
|
<DT id="784"><DD>
|
|
The application using ReGIS may use the ``A'' option of
|
|
the ``S'' command to adjust the coordinate space or change the
|
|
addressable portion of the screen.
|
|
<DT id="785"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``1000x1000'' (given as <I>width</I> by <I>height</I>).
|
|
<DT id="786"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> accepts a special resource value ``auto'',
|
|
which tells <I>xterm</I> to use the <B>decTerminalID</B> resource to
|
|
set the default size based on the hardware terminal's limits.
|
|
Those limits are the same as for the <B>maxGraphicSize</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="787"><B>renderFont</B> (class<B> RenderFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is built with the Xft library,
|
|
this controls whether the <B>faceName</B> resource is used.
|
|
The default is ``default''.
|
|
<DT id="788"><DD>
|
|
The resource values are strings, evaluated as booleans after startup.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="789"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="790">false<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
disable the feature and use the normal (bitmap) font.
|
|
<DT id="791">true<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
startup using the TrueType font specified by the <B>faceName</B> and
|
|
<B>faceSize</B> resource settings.
|
|
If there is no value for <B>faceName</B>, disable the feature and use
|
|
the normal (bitmap) font.
|
|
<DT id="792"><DD>
|
|
After startup, you can still switch to/from the bitmap font using the
|
|
``TrueType Fonts'' menu entry.
|
|
<DT id="793">default<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
Enable the ``TrueType Fonts''
|
|
menu entry to allow runtime switching to/from TrueType fonts.
|
|
The initial font used depends upon whether the <B>faceName</B> resource is set:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="794"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the <B>faceName</B> resource is not set,
|
|
start by using the normal (bitmap) font.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> has a separate compiled-in value for <B>faceName</B>
|
|
for this special case.
|
|
That is normally ``mono''.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the <B>faceName</B> resource is set,
|
|
then start by using the TrueType font rather than the bitmap font.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="795"><B>resizeGravity</B> (class<B> ResizeGravity</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Affects the behavior when the window is resized to be taller or shorter.
|
|
<B>NorthWest</B>
|
|
specifies that the top line of text on the screen stay fixed.
|
|
If the window is made shorter,
|
|
lines are dropped from the bottom; if the window is
|
|
made taller, blank lines are added at the bottom.
|
|
This is compatible with the behavior in X11R4.
|
|
<B>SouthWest</B> (the default) specifies that
|
|
the bottom line of text on the screen stay fixed.
|
|
If the window is
|
|
made taller, additional saved lines will be scrolled down onto the
|
|
screen; if the window is made shorter, lines will be scrolled off the
|
|
top of the screen, and the top saved lines will be dropped.
|
|
<DT id="796"><B>retryInputMethod</B> (class<B> RetryInputMethod</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> how many times to retry,
|
|
in case the input-method server is not responding.
|
|
This is a different issue than unsupported preedit type, etc.
|
|
You may encounter retries if your X configuration (and its libraries)
|
|
are missing pieces.
|
|
Setting this resource to zero ``0'' will cancel the retrying.
|
|
The default is ``3''.
|
|
<DT id="797"><B>reverseVideo</B> (class<B> ReverseVideo</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not reverse video should be simulated.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false''.
|
|
<DT id="798"><DD>
|
|
There are several aspects to reverse video in <I>xterm</I>:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="799"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The command-line <B>-rv</B> option tells the X libraries to reverse
|
|
the foreground and background colors.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I>'s command-line options set resource values.
|
|
In particular, the X Toolkit sets the <B>reverseVideo</B> resource
|
|
when the <B>-rv</B> option is used.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the user has also used command-line options <B>-fg</B> or <B>-bg</B>
|
|
to set the foreground and background colors,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> does not see these options directly.
|
|
Instead,
|
|
it examines the resource values to reconstruct the command-line options,
|
|
and determine which of the colors is the user's intended foreground, etc.
|
|
Their actual values are irrelevant to the reverse video function;
|
|
some users prefer the X defaults (black text on a white background),
|
|
others prefer white text on a black background.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
After startup,
|
|
the user can toggle the ``Enable Reverse Video'' menu entry.
|
|
This exchanges the current foreground and background colors
|
|
of the VT100 widget,
|
|
and repaints the screen.
|
|
Because of the X resource hierarchy,
|
|
the <B>reverseVideo</B> resource applies to more than the VT100 widget.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="800"><DD>
|
|
Programs running in an <I>xterm</I> can also use control sequences
|
|
to enable the VT100 reverse video mode.
|
|
These are independent of the <B>reverseVideo</B> resource and the menu entry.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> exchanges the current foreground and background colors
|
|
when drawing text affected by these control sequences.
|
|
<DT id="801"><DD>
|
|
Other control sequences can alter the foreground and background colors
|
|
which are used:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="802"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Programs can also use the ANSI color control sequences to set the
|
|
foreground and background colors.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Extensions to the ANSI color controls (such as 16-, 88- or 256-colors)
|
|
are treated similarly to the ANSI control.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Using other control sequences (the ``<I>dynamic colors</I>'' feature),
|
|
a program can change the foreground and background colors.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="803"><B>reverseWrap</B> (class<B> ReverseWrap</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not reverse-wraparound should be enabled.
|
|
This corresponds to <I>xterm</I>'s private mode 45.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false''.
|
|
<DT id="804"><B>rightScrollBar</B> (class<B> RightScrollBar</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the scrollbar should be displayed on the right
|
|
rather than the left.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="805"><B>saveLines</B> (class<B> SaveLines</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the number of lines to save beyond the top of the screen when a
|
|
scrollbar is turned on.
|
|
The default is ``1024''.
|
|
<DT id="806"><B>scrollBar</B> (class<B> ScrollBar</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the scrollbar should be displayed.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false''.
|
|
<DT id="807"><B>scrollBarBorder</B> (class<B> ScrollBarBorder</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the width of the scrollbar border.
|
|
Note that this is drawn to overlap the border of the <I>xterm</I> window.
|
|
Modifying the scrollbar's border affects only the line between the VT100
|
|
widget and the scrollbar.
|
|
The default value is 1.
|
|
<DT id="808"><B>scrollKey</B> (class<B> ScrollCond</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not pressing a key should automatically cause the
|
|
scrollbar to go to the bottom of the scrolling region.
|
|
This corresponds to <I>xterm</I>'s private mode 1011.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false''.
|
|
<DT id="809"><B>scrollLines</B> (class<B> ScrollLines</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the number of lines that the <B>scroll-back</B> and
|
|
<B>scroll-forw</B> actions should use as a default.
|
|
The default value is 1.
|
|
<DT id="810"><B>scrollTtyOutput</B> (class<B> ScrollCond</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not output to the terminal should automatically cause
|
|
the scrollbar to go to the bottom of the scrolling region.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="811"><B>selectToClipboard</B> (class<B> SelectToClipboard</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> whether to use the <B>PRIMARY</B> or <B>CLIPBOARD</B> for
|
|
<B>SELECT</B> tokens in the selection mechanism.
|
|
The <B>set-select</B> action can change this at runtime,
|
|
allowing the user to work with programs that handle only one of these
|
|
mechanisms.
|
|
The default is ``false'', which tells it to use <B>PRIMARY</B>.
|
|
<DT id="812"><B>shiftFonts</B> (class<B> ShiftFonts</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to enable the actions
|
|
<B>larger-vt-font()</B> and
|
|
<B>smaller-vt-font()</B>, which are normally bound to
|
|
the shifted KP_Add and KP_Subtract.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="813"><B>showBlinkAsBold</B> (class<B> ShowBlinkAsBold</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> whether to display text with blink-attribute the same
|
|
as bold.
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> has not been configured to support blinking text,
|
|
the default is ``true'', which corresponds to older versions of <I>xterm</I>,
|
|
otherwise the default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="814"><B>showMissingGlyphs</B> (class<B> ShowMissingGlyphs</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> whether to display a box outlining places where
|
|
a character has been used that the font does not represent.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="815"><B>showWrapMarks</B> (class<B> ShowWrapMarks</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
For debugging <I>xterm</I> and applications that may manipulate the
|
|
wrapped-line flag by writing text at the right margin,
|
|
show a mark on the right inner-border of the window.
|
|
The mark shows which lines have the flag set.
|
|
<DT id="816"><B>signalInhibit</B> (class<B> SignalInhibit</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the entries in the <B>Main Options</B> menu for sending
|
|
signals to <I>xterm</I> should be disallowed.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="817"><B>sixelScrolling</B> (class<B> SixelScrolling</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support SIXEL graphics,
|
|
this resource tells it whether to
|
|
scroll up one line at a time when sixels would be written
|
|
past the bottom line on the window.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="818"><B>sixelScrollsRight</B> (class<B> SixelScrollsRight</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support SIXEL graphics,
|
|
this resource tells it whether to
|
|
scroll to the right as needed to keep the current position visible
|
|
rather than truncate the plot on the on the right.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="819"><B>tekGeometry</B> (class<B> Geometry</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the preferred size and position of the Tektronix window.
|
|
There is no default for this resource.
|
|
<DT id="820"><B>tekInhibit</B> (class<B> TekInhibit</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not
|
|
the escape sequence to enter
|
|
Tektronix mode should be ignored.
|
|
The default is
|
|
``false''.
|
|
<DT id="821"><B>tekSmall</B> (class<B> TekSmall</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not the Tektronix mode window should start in its smallest
|
|
size if no explicit geometry is given.
|
|
This is useful when running <I>xterm</I>
|
|
on displays with small screens.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="822"><B>tekStartup</B> (class<B> TekStartup</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not <I>xterm</I> should start up in Tektronix mode.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="823"><B>tiXtraScroll</B> (class<B> TiXtraScroll</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether <I>xterm</I> should scroll to a new page when processing
|
|
the <I>ti</I> termcap entry, i.e., the private modes 47, 1047 or 1049.
|
|
This is only in effect if <B>titeInhibit</B> is ``true'',
|
|
because the intent of this option is to provide a picture of the full-screen
|
|
application's display on the scrollback without wiping out the text that
|
|
would be shown before the application was initialized.
|
|
The default for this resource is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="824"><B>titeInhibit</B> (class<B> TiteInhibit</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Originally specified whether or not <I>xterm</I>
|
|
should remove <I>ti</I> and <I>te</I>
|
|
termcap entries (used to switch between alternate screens on startup of many
|
|
screen-oriented programs) from the TERMCAP string.
|
|
<DT id="825"><DD>
|
|
TERMCAP is used rarely now,
|
|
but <I>xterm</I> supports the feature on modern systems:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="826"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If set,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> also ignores the escape sequence to switch to the
|
|
alternate screen.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> supports terminfo in a different way, supporting composite control
|
|
sequences (also known as private modes) 1047, 1048 and 1049 which have the same
|
|
effect as the original 47 control sequence.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="827"><DD>
|
|
The default for this resource is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="828"><B>titleModes</B> (class<B> TitleModes</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tells <I>xterm</I> whether to accept or return
|
|
window- and icon-labels in ISO-8859-1
|
|
(the default) or UTF-8.
|
|
Either can be encoded in hexadecimal:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="829"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
UTF-8 titles require special treatment,
|
|
because they may contain bytes which can be mistaken for control characters.
|
|
Hexadecimal-encoding is supported to eliminate that possibility.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
As an alternative, you could use the <B>allowC1Printable</B> resource,
|
|
which suppresses <I>xterm</I>'s parsing of the relevant control characters
|
|
(and as a result, treats those bytes as data).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="830"><DD>
|
|
The default for this resource is ``0''.
|
|
<DT id="831"><DD>
|
|
Each bit (bit ``0'' is 1, bit ``1'' is 2, etc.)
|
|
corresponds to one of the
|
|
parameters set by the title modes control sequence:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="832"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="833">0<DD>
|
|
Set window/icon labels using hexadecimal
|
|
<DT id="834">1<DD>
|
|
Query window/icon labels using hexadecimal
|
|
<DT id="835">2<DD>
|
|
Set window/icon labels using UTF-8
|
|
(gives the same effect as the <B>utf8Title</B> resource).
|
|
<DT id="836">3<DD>
|
|
Query window/icon labels using UTF-8
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="837"><B>translations</B> (class<B> Translations</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the key and button bindings for menus, selections, ``programmed
|
|
strings'', etc.
|
|
The <B>translations</B> resource,
|
|
which provides much of <I>xterm</I>'s configurability,
|
|
is a feature of the X Toolkit Intrinsics library (Xt).
|
|
See the <B>Actions</B> section.
|
|
<DT id="838"><B>trimSelection</B> (class<B> TrimSelection</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If you set <B>highlightSelection</B>,
|
|
you can see the text which is selected, including any trailing spaces.
|
|
Clearing the screen (or a line) resets it to a state containing no spaces.
|
|
Some lines may contain trailing spaces when an application writes them to
|
|
the screen.
|
|
However, you may not wish to paste lines with trailing spaces.
|
|
If this resource is true, <I>xterm</I> will trim trailing spaces from
|
|
text which is selected.
|
|
It does not affect spaces which result in a wrapped line, nor will it
|
|
trim the trailing newline from your selection.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="839"><B>underLine</B> (class<B> UnderLine</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies whether or not text with the underline attribute should be
|
|
underlined.
|
|
It may be desirable to disable underlining when color is being
|
|
used for the underline attribute.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="840"><B>useBorderClipping</B> (class<B> UseBorderClipping</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tell <I>xterm</I> whether to apply clipping when <B>useClipping</B> is false.
|
|
Unlike <B>useClipping</B>, this simply limits text to keep it within the
|
|
window borders, e.g., as a refinement to the <B>scaleHeight</B> workaround.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="841"><B>useClipping</B> (class<B> UseClipping</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tell <I>xterm</I> whether to use clipping to keep
|
|
from producing dots outside the text drawing area.
|
|
Originally used to work around for overstriking effects,
|
|
this is also needed to work with some incorrectly-sized fonts.
|
|
The default is ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="842"><B>utf8</B> (class<B> Utf8</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies whether <I>xterm</I> will run in UTF-8 mode.
|
|
If you set this resource, <I>xterm</I> also sets the <B>wideChars</B> resource
|
|
as a side-effect.
|
|
The resource can be set via the menu entry ``UTF-8 Encoding''.
|
|
The default is ``default''.
|
|
<DT id="843"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="844"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="845">false (0)<DD>
|
|
UTF-8 mode is initially off.
|
|
The command-line option <B>+u8</B> sets the resource to this value.
|
|
Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.
|
|
<DT id="846">true (1)<DD>
|
|
UTF-8 mode is initially on.
|
|
Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.
|
|
<DT id="847">always (2)<DD>
|
|
The command-line option <B>-u8</B> sets the resource to this value.
|
|
Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are ignored.
|
|
<DT id="848">default (3)<DD>
|
|
This is the default value of the resource.
|
|
It is changed during initialization depending on
|
|
whether the <B>locale</B> resource was set,
|
|
to false (0) or always (2).
|
|
See the <B>locale</B> resource for additional discussion of non-UTF-8 locales.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="849"><DD>
|
|
If you want to set the value of <B>utf8</B>, it should be in this range.
|
|
Other nonzero values are treated the same as ``1'',
|
|
i.e., UTF-8 mode is initially on, and
|
|
escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.
|
|
<DT id="850"><B>utf8Fonts</B> (class<B> Utf8Fonts</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
See the discussion of the <B>locale</B> resource.
|
|
This specifies whether <I>xterm</I> will use UTF-8 fonts specified via
|
|
resource patterns such as ``<B>*vt100.utf8Fonts.font</B>''
|
|
or normal (ISO-8859-1) fonts via patterns such as ``<B>*vt100.font</B>''.
|
|
The resource can be set via the menu entry ``<B>UTF-8 Fonts</B>''.
|
|
The default is ``default''.
|
|
<DT id="851"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="852"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="853">false (0)<DD>
|
|
Use the ISO-8859-1 fonts.
|
|
The menu entry is enabled, allowing the choice of fonts to be changed
|
|
at runtime.
|
|
<DT id="854">true (1)<DD>
|
|
Use the UTF-8 fonts.
|
|
The menu entry is enabled, allowing the choice of fonts to be changed
|
|
at runtime.
|
|
<DT id="855">always (2)<DD>
|
|
Always use the UTF-8 fonts.
|
|
This also disables the menu entry.
|
|
<DT id="856">default (3)<DD>
|
|
At startup, the resource is set to true or false,
|
|
according to the effective value of the <B>utf8</B> resource.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="857"><B>utf8Latin1</B> (class<B> Utf8Latin1</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If true,
|
|
allow an ISO-8859-1 <I>normal</I>
|
|
font to be combined with an ISO-10646-1 font if the latter is given
|
|
via the <B>-fw</B> option or its corresponding resource value.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="858"><B>utf8SelectTypes</B> (class<B> Utf8SelectTypes</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Override <I>xterm</I>'s default selection target list
|
|
(see <B>SELECT/PASTE</B>) for selections in wide-character (UTF-8) mode.
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., ``'',
|
|
which does not override anything.
|
|
<DT id="859"><B>utf8Title</B> (class<B> Utf8Title</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Applications can set <I>xterm</I>'s title by writing a control sequence.
|
|
Normally this control sequence follows the VT220 convention,
|
|
which encodes the string in ISO-8859-1 and
|
|
allows for an 8-bit string terminator.
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is started in a UTF-8 locale,
|
|
it translates the ISO-8859-1 string to UTF-8 to work with the X libraries
|
|
which assume the string is UTF-8.
|
|
<DT id="860"><DD>
|
|
However, some users may wish to write a title string encoded in UTF-8.
|
|
The window manager is responsible for drawing window titles.
|
|
Some window managers (not all) support UTF-8 encoding of window titles.
|
|
Set this resource to ``true'' to also set UTF-8 encoded title strings
|
|
using the EWMH properties.
|
|
<DT id="861"><DD>
|
|
This feature is available as a menu entry, since it is related to
|
|
the particular applications you are running within <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
You can also use a control sequence
|
|
(see the discussion of ``Title Modes''
|
|
in <I>Xterm Control Sequences</I>), to set an equivalent flag
|
|
(which can also be set using the <B>titleModes</B> resource).
|
|
<DT id="862"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="863"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="864">false (0)<DD>
|
|
Set only ISO-8859-1 title strings, e.g.,
|
|
using the ICCCM <B>WM_NAME</B> STRING property.
|
|
The menu entry is enabled, allowing the choice of title-strings to be changed
|
|
at runtime.
|
|
<DT id="865">true (1)<DD>
|
|
Set both the EWMH (UTF-8 strings) and the ICCCM <B>WM_NAME</B>, etc.
|
|
The menu entry is enabled, allowing the choice to be changed at runtime.
|
|
<DT id="866">always (2)<DD>
|
|
Always set both the EWMH (UTF-8 strings) and the ICCCM <B>WM_NAME</B>, etc.
|
|
This also disables the menu entry.
|
|
<DT id="867">default (3)<DD>
|
|
At startup, the resource is set to true or false,
|
|
according to the effective value of the <B>utf8</B> resource.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="868"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``default''.
|
|
<DT id="869"><B>veryBoldColors</B> (class<B> VeryBoldColors</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to combine video attributes with colors specified by
|
|
<B>colorBD</B>,
|
|
<B>colorBL</B>,
|
|
<B>colorIT</B>,
|
|
<B>colorRV</B>, and
|
|
<B>colorUL</B>.
|
|
The resource value is the sum of values for each attribute:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="870"><DD>
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
1 for reverse,
|
|
2 for underline,
|
|
4 for bold,
|
|
8 for blink, and
|
|
512 for italic
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="871"><DD>
|
|
The default is ``0''.
|
|
<DT id="872"><B>visualBell</B> (class<B> VisualBell</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not a visible bell (i.e., flashing) should be used instead
|
|
of an audible bell when Control-G is received.
|
|
The default is ``false'', which tells <I>xterm</I> to use an audible bell.
|
|
<DT id="873"><B>visualBellDelay</B> (class<B> VisualBellDelay</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Number of milliseconds to delay when displaying a visual bell.
|
|
Default is 100.
|
|
If set to zero, no visual bell is displayed.
|
|
This is useful for very slow displays, e.g., an LCD display on a laptop.
|
|
<DT id="874"><B>visualBellLine</B> (class<B> VisualBellLine</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether to flash only the current line when displaying a visual bell
|
|
rather than flashing the entire screen:
|
|
The default is ``false'',
|
|
which tells <I>xterm</I> to flash the entire screen.
|
|
<DT id="875"><B>vt100Graphics</B> (class<B> VT100Graphics</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This specifies whether <I>xterm</I> will interpret VT100 graphic character
|
|
escape sequences while in UTF-8 mode.
|
|
The default is ``true'',
|
|
to provide support for various legacy applications.
|
|
<DT id="876"><B>wideBoldFont</B> (class<B> WideBoldFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying bold wide text.
|
|
By default,
|
|
it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to
|
|
draw bold text.
|
|
If no double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
|
|
the bold font.
|
|
<DT id="877"><B>wideChars</B> (class<B> WideChars</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies if <I>xterm</I> should respond to control sequences that
|
|
process 16-bit characters.
|
|
The default is ``false''.
|
|
<DT id="878"><B>wideFont</B> (class<B> WideFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying wide text.
|
|
By default,
|
|
it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to
|
|
draw normal text.
|
|
If no double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
|
|
the normal font.
|
|
<DT id="879"><B>ximFont</B> (class<B> XimFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying the preedit string
|
|
in the ``OverTheSpot'' input method.
|
|
<DT id="880"><DD>
|
|
In ``OverTheSpot'' preedit type, the preedit (preconversion)
|
|
string is displayed at the position of the cursor.
|
|
It is the XIM server's responsibility to display the preedit string.
|
|
The XIM client must inform the XIM server of the cursor position.
|
|
For best results, the preedit string must be displayed with a proper font.
|
|
Therefore, <I>xterm</I> informs the XIM server of the proper font.
|
|
The font is be supplied by a "fontset", whose default value is ``*''.
|
|
This matches every font, the X library automatically chooses fonts with
|
|
proper charsets.
|
|
The <B>ximFont</B> resource is provided to override this default font setting.
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbAM"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Tek4014 Widget Resources</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The following resources are specified
|
|
as part of the <I>tek4014</I> widget (class <I>Tek4014</I>).
|
|
These are specified by patterns
|
|
such as ``<B>XTerm.tek4014.</B><I>NAME</I>'':
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="881"><B>font2</B> (class<B> Font</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies font number 2 to use in the Tektronix window.
|
|
<DT id="882"><B>font3</B> (class<B> Font</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies font number 3 to use in the Tektronix window.
|
|
<DT id="883"><B>fontLarge</B> (class<B> Font</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the large font to use in the Tektronix window.
|
|
<DT id="884"><B>fontSmall</B> (class<B> Font</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the small font to use in the Tektronix window.
|
|
<DT id="885"><B>ginTerminator</B> (class<B> GinTerminator</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies what character(s) should follow a GIN report or status report.
|
|
The possibilities are ``none'', which sends no terminating characters,
|
|
``CRonly'',
|
|
which sends CR, and
|
|
``CR&EOT'',
|
|
which sends both CR and EOT.
|
|
The default is ``none''.
|
|
<DT id="886"><B>height</B> (class<B> Height</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the height of the Tektronix window in pixels.
|
|
<DT id="887"><B>initialFont</B> (class<B> InitialFont</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies which of the four Tektronix fonts to use initially.
|
|
Values are the same as for the <B>set-tek-text</B> action.
|
|
The default is ``large''.
|
|
<DT id="888"><B>width</B> (class<B> Width</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the width of the Tektronix window in pixels.
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbAN"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Menu Resources</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The resources that may be specified for the various menus are described in
|
|
the documentation for the Athena <B>SimpleMenu</B> widget.
|
|
The name and classes of the entries in each of the menus are listed below.
|
|
Resources named ``<B>line</B><I>N</I>'' where <I>N</I> is a number
|
|
are separators with class <B>SmeLine</B>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
As with all X resource-based widgets,
|
|
the labels mentioned are customary defaults for the application.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>Main Options</B> menu (widget name <I>mainMenu</I>)
|
|
has the following entries:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="889"><B>toolbar</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-toolbar(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="890"><B>securekbd</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>secure()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="891"><B>allowsends</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>allow-send-events(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="892"><B>redraw</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>redraw()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="893"><B>logging</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>logging(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="894"><B>print-immediate</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>print-immediate()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="895"><B>print-on-error</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>print-on-error()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="896"><B>print</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>print()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="897"><B>print-redir</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>print-redir()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="898"><B>dump-html</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>dump-html()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="899"><B>dump-svg</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>dump-svg()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="900"><B>8-bit-control</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-8-bit-control(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="901"><B>backarrow key</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-backarrow(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="902"><B>num-lock</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-num-lock(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="903"><B>alt-esc</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>alt-sends-escape(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="904"><B>meta-esc</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>meta-sends-escape(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="905"><B>delete-is-del</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>delete-is-del(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="906"><B>oldFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-old-function-keys(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="907"><B>hpFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-hp-function-keys(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="908"><B>scoFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-sco-function-keys(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="909"><B>sunFunctionKeys</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-sun-function-keys(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="910"><B>sunKeyboard</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>sunKeyboard(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="911"><B>suspend</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>send-signal(</B><I>tstp</I><B>)</B> action
|
|
on systems that support job control.
|
|
<DT id="912"><B>continue</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>send-signal(</B><I>cont</I><B>)</B> action
|
|
on systems that support job control.
|
|
<DT id="913"><B>interrupt</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>send-signal(</B><I>int</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="914"><B>hangup</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>send-signal(</B><I>hup</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="915"><B>terminate</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>send-signal(</B><I>term</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="916"><B>kill</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>send-signal(</B><I>kill</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="917"><B>quit</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>quit()</B> action.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>VT Options</B> menu (widget name <I>vtMenu</I>)
|
|
has the following entries:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="918"><B>scrollbar</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-scrollbar(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="919"><B>jumpscroll</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-jumpscroll(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="920"><B>reversevideo</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-reverse-video(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="921"><B>autowrap</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-autowrap(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="922"><B>reversewrap</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-reversewrap(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="923"><B>autolinefeed</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-autolinefeed(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="924"><B>appcursor</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-appcursor(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="925"><B>appkeypad</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-appkeypad(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="926"><B>scrollkey</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-scroll-on-key(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="927"><B>scrollttyoutput</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-scroll-on-tty-output(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B>
|
|
action.
|
|
<DT id="928"><B>allow132</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-allow132(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="929"><B>cursesemul</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-cursesemul(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="930"><B>keepSelection</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-keep-selection(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="931"><B>selectToClipboard</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-keep-clipboard(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="932"><B>visualbell</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-visual-bell(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="933"><B>bellIsUrgent</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-bellIsUrgent(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="934"><B>poponbell</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-pop-on-bell(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="935"><B>cursorblink</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-cursorblink(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="936"><B>titeInhibit</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-titeInhibit(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="937"><B>activeicon</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry toggles active icons on and off if this feature was
|
|
compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
It is enabled only if <I>xterm</I>
|
|
was started with the command line option +ai or the <B>activeIcon</B>
|
|
resource is set to ``true''.
|
|
<DT id="938"><B>softreset</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>soft-reset()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="939"><B>hardreset</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>hard-reset()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="940"><B>clearsavedlines</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>clear-saved-lines()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="941"><B>tekshow</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-visibility(</B><I>tek,toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="942"><B>tekmode</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-terminal-type(</B><I>tek</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="943"><B>vthide</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-visibility(</B><I>vt,off</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="944"><B>altscreen</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-altscreen(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="945"><B>sixelScrolling</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-sixel-scrolling(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="946"><B>privateColorRegisters</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-private-colors(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>VT Fonts</B> menu (widget name <I>fontMenu</I>)
|
|
has the following entries:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="947"><B>fontdefault</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>d</I><B>)</B> action,
|
|
setting the font using the <B>font</B> (default) resource,
|
|
e.g., ``Default'' in the menu.
|
|
<DT id="948"><B>font1</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>1</I><B>)</B> action,
|
|
setting the font using the <B>font1</B> resource,
|
|
e.g., ``Unreadable'' in the menu.
|
|
<DT id="949"><B>font2</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>2</I><B>)</B> action,
|
|
setting the font using the <B>font2</B> resource,
|
|
e.g., ``Tiny'' in the menu.
|
|
<DT id="950"><B>font3</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>3</I><B>)</B> action,
|
|
setting the font using the <B>font3</B> resource,
|
|
e.g., ``Small'' in the menu.
|
|
<DT id="951"><B>font4</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>4</I><B>)</B> action,
|
|
letting the font using the <B>font4</B> resource,
|
|
e.g., ``Medium'' in the menu.
|
|
<DT id="952"><B>font5</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>5</I><B>)</B> action,
|
|
letting the font using the <B>font5</B> resource,
|
|
e.g., ``Large'' in the menu.
|
|
<DT id="953"><B>font6</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>6</I><B>)</B> action,
|
|
letting the font using the <B>font6</B> resource,
|
|
e.g., ``Huge'' in the menu.
|
|
<DT id="954"><B>fontescape</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>e</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="955"><B>fontsel</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-vt-font(</B><I>s</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="956"><B>allow-bold-fonts</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>allow-bold-fonts(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="957"><B>font-linedrawing</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-font-linedrawing(</B><I>s</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="958"><B>font-packed</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-font-packed(</B><I>s</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="959"><B>font-doublesize</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-font-doublesize(</B><I>s</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="960"><B>render-font</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-render-font(</B><I>s</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="961"><B>utf8-fonts</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-utf8-fonts(</B><I>s</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="962"><B>utf8-mode</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-utf8-mode(</B><I>s</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="963"><B>utf8-title</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-utf8-title(</B><I>s</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="964"><B>allow-color-ops</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>allow-color-ops(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="965"><B>allow-font-ops</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>allow-fonts-ops(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="966"><B>allow-tcap-ops</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>allow-tcap-ops(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="967"><B>allow-title-ops</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>allow-title-ops(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="968"><B>allow-window-ops</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>allow-window-ops(</B><I>toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>Tek Options</B> menu (widget name <I>tekMenu</I>)
|
|
has the following entries:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="969"><B>tektextlarge</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-tek-text(</B><I>large</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="970"><B>tektext2</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-tek-text(</B><I>2</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="971"><B>tektext3</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-tek-text(</B><I>3</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="972"><B>tektextsmall</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-tek-text(</B><I>small</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="973"><B>tekpage</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>tek-page()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="974"><B>tekreset</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>tek-reset()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="975"><B>tekcopy</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>tek-copy()</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="976"><B>vtshow</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-visibility(</B><I>vt,toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="977"><B>vtmode</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-terminal-type(</B><I>vt</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
<DT id="978"><B>tekhide</B> (class<B> SmeBSB</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This entry invokes the <B>set-visibility(</B><I>tek,toggle</I><B>)</B> action.
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbAO"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Scrollbar Resources</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The following resources are useful when specified for the Athena Scrollbar
|
|
widget:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="979"><B>thickness</B> (class<B> Thickness</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the width in pixels of the scrollbar.
|
|
<DT id="980"><B>background</B> (class<B> Background</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the background of the scrollbar.
|
|
<DT id="981"><B>foreground</B> (class<B> Foreground</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the foreground of the scrollbar.
|
|
The ``thumb''
|
|
of the scrollbar is a simple checkerboard pattern alternating pixels for
|
|
foreground and background color.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbAP"> </A>
|
|
<H2>POINTER USAGE</H2>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Once the VT<I>xxx</I> window is created,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> allows you to select text and copy it within the same or other windows
|
|
using the <I>pointer</I> or the keyboard.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
A ``pointer'' could be a mouse, touchpad or similar device.
|
|
X applications generally do not care,
|
|
since they see only <I>button events</I> which have
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
position and
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
button up/down state
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> can see these events as long as it has <I>focus</I>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The keyboard also supplies events, but it is less flexible than
|
|
the pointer for selecting/copying text.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Events</I> are applied to <I>actions</I> using the <B>translations</B> resource.
|
|
See <B>Actions</B> for a complete list, and <B>Default Key Bindings</B>
|
|
for the built-in set of <B>translations</B> resources.
|
|
<A NAME="lbAQ"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Selection Functions</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The selection functions are invoked when the pointer buttons are used with no
|
|
modifiers, and when they are used with the ``shift'' key.
|
|
The assignment of the functions described below to keys and buttons may
|
|
be changed through the resource database; see <B>Actions</B> below.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="982">Pointer button one (usually left)<DD>
|
|
is used to save text into the cut buffer:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
~Meta <Btn1Down>:<B>select-start</B>()
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="983"><DD>
|
|
Move the cursor to beginning of the text,
|
|
and then hold the button down while moving the cursor to the end of the region
|
|
and releasing the button.
|
|
The selected text is highlighted and is saved in the global <I>cut buffer</I>
|
|
and made the selection when the button is released:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
<BtnUp>:<B>select-end</B>(<B>SELECT</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>) \n
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="984"><DD>
|
|
Normally (but see the discussion of <B>on2Clicks</B>, etc):
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="985"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Double-clicking selects by words.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Triple-clicking
|
|
selects by lines.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quadruple-clicking goes back to characters, etc.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="986"><DD>
|
|
Multiple-click is determined by the time from button up to
|
|
button down, so you can change the selection unit in the middle of a selection.
|
|
Logical words and lines selected by double- or triple-clicking may wrap
|
|
across more than one screen line if lines were wrapped by <I>xterm</I>
|
|
itself rather than by the application running in the window.
|
|
If the key/button bindings specify that an X selection is to be made,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will leave the selected text highlighted for as long as it
|
|
is the selection owner.
|
|
<DT id="987">Pointer button two (usually middle)<DD>
|
|
``types'' (<I>pastes</I>) the text from
|
|
the given selection, if any,
|
|
otherwise from the cut buffer, inserting it as keyboard input:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Up>:<B>insert-selection</B>(<B>SELECT</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>)
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="988">Pointer button three (usually right)<DD>
|
|
<I>extends</I> the current selection.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn3Down>:<B>start-extend</B>()
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="989"><DD>
|
|
(Without loss of generality,
|
|
you can swap ``right'' and ``left'' everywhere in the rest of this
|
|
paragraph.) If pressed while closer to
|
|
the right edge of the selection than the left, it extends/contracts the
|
|
right edge of the selection.
|
|
If you contract the selection past
|
|
the left edge of the selection,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> assumes you really meant the left edge,
|
|
restores the original selection, then
|
|
extends/contracts the left edge of the selection.
|
|
Extension starts in the
|
|
selection unit mode
|
|
that the last selection or extension was performed in; you can multiple-click
|
|
to cycle through them.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
By cutting and pasting pieces of text without trailing new lines,
|
|
you can take text from several places in different windows and form a command
|
|
to the shell, for example, or take output from a program and insert it into
|
|
your favorite editor.
|
|
Since cut buffers are globally shared among different applications,
|
|
you may regard each as a ``file'' whose contents you know.
|
|
The terminal emulator and other text programs should be treating it as if it
|
|
were a text file, i.e., the text is delimited by new lines.
|
|
<A NAME="lbAR"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Scrolling</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The scroll region displays the position and amount of text currently showing
|
|
in the window (highlighted) relative to the amount of text actually saved.
|
|
As more text is saved (up to the maximum), the size of the highlighted area
|
|
decreases.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Clicking button one with the pointer in the scroll region moves the
|
|
adjacent line to the top of the display window.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Clicking button three moves the top line of the display window down to the
|
|
pointer position.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Clicking button two moves the display to a position in the saved text
|
|
that corresponds to the pointer's position in the scrollbar.
|
|
<A NAME="lbAS"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Tektronix Pointer</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Unlike the VT<I>xxx</I> window,
|
|
the Tektronix window does not allow the copying of text.
|
|
It does allow Tektronix GIN mode, and in this mode
|
|
the cursor will change from an arrow to a cross.
|
|
Pressing any key will send that key and the current coordinate of the
|
|
cross cursor.
|
|
Pressing button one, two, or three
|
|
will return the letters ``l'', ``m'', and
|
|
``r'', respectively.
|
|
If the ``shift'' key is pressed when a pointer button is pressed,
|
|
the corresponding upper case letter is sent.
|
|
To distinguish a pointer button from a key, the high bit of the character is
|
|
set (but this is bit is normally stripped unless the terminal mode is RAW;
|
|
see
|
|
<I><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?4+tty">tty</A></I>(4)
|
|
|
|
for details).
|
|
<A NAME="lbAT"> </A>
|
|
<H2>SELECT/PASTE</H2>
|
|
|
|
X clients provide select and paste support by responding to requests conveyed
|
|
by the X server.
|
|
The X server holds data in ``atoms'' which correspond
|
|
to the different types of selection
|
|
(<B>PRIMARY</B>, <B>SECONDARY</B>, <B>CLIPBOARD</B>)
|
|
as well as the similar cut buffer mechanism
|
|
(<B>CUT_BUFFER0</B> to <B>CUT_BUFFER7</B>).
|
|
Those are documented in the ICCCM.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The ICCCM deals with the underlying mechanism for select/paste.
|
|
It does not mention <I>highlighting</I>.
|
|
The <I>selection</I> is not the same as <I>highlighting</I>.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> (like many applications) uses highlighting to show you
|
|
the currently selected text.
|
|
An X application may <I>own</I> a selection,
|
|
which allows it to be the source of data copied using a given selection atom
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> may continue owning a selection after it stops highlighting
|
|
(see <B>keepSelection</B>).
|
|
<A NAME="lbAU"> </A>
|
|
<H3>PRIMARY</H3>
|
|
|
|
When configured to use the primary selection (the default),
|
|
<I>xterm</I> can provide the selection data in ways
|
|
which help to retain character
|
|
encoding information as it is pasted.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>PRIMARY</B> token is a standard X feature, documented in the ICCCM
|
|
(<I>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</I>),
|
|
which states
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="990"><DD>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The selection named by the atom <B>PRIMARY</B> is used for all commands
|
|
that take only a single argument and is the principal means of
|
|
communication between clients that use the selection mechanism.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
A user ``selects'' text on <I>xterm</I>, which highlights the selected text.
|
|
A subsequent ``paste'' to another client forwards
|
|
a request to the client owning the selection.
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> owns the primary selection, it makes the data
|
|
available in the form of one or more ``selection targets''.
|
|
If it does not own the primary selection,
|
|
e.g., if it has released it or another client has
|
|
asserted ownership, it relies on cut-buffers to pass the data.
|
|
But cut-buffers handle only ISO-8859-1 data
|
|
(officially - some clients ignore the rules).
|
|
<A NAME="lbAV"> </A>
|
|
<H3>CLIPBOARD</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
When configured to use the clipboard
|
|
(using the <B>selectToClipboard</B> resource),
|
|
the problem with persistence of ownership is bypassed.
|
|
Otherwise, there is no difference regarding the data which can be
|
|
passed via selection.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>selectToClipboard</B> resource is a compromise,
|
|
allowing <B>CLIPBOARD</B> to be treated almost like <B>PRIMARY</B>,
|
|
unlike the ICCCM, which describes <B>CLIPBOARD</B> in different terms
|
|
than <B>PRIMARY</B> or <B>SECONDARY</B>.
|
|
Its lengthy explanation begins with the essential points:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="991"><DD>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The selection named by the atom CLIPBOARD is used to hold data
|
|
that is being transferred between clients,
|
|
that is, data that usually is being cut and then pasted
|
|
or copied and then pasted.
|
|
Whenever a client wants to transfer data to the clipboard:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
It should assert ownership of the CLIPBOARD.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If it succeeds in acquiring ownership,
|
|
it should be prepared to respond to a request for the contents of the CLIPBOARD
|
|
in the usual way (retaining the data to be able to return it).
|
|
The request may be generated by the clipboard client described below.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbAW"> </A>
|
|
<H3>SELECT</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
However, many applications use <B>CLIPBOARD</B> in imitation of other windowing
|
|
systems.
|
|
The <B>selectToClipboard</B> resource (and corresponding menu entry
|
|
<B>Select to Clipboard</B>) introduce the <B>SELECT</B> token (known only
|
|
to <I>xterm</I>) which chooses between
|
|
the <B>PRIMARY</B> and <B>CLIPBOARD</B> tokens.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Without using this feature, one can use workarounds such as the
|
|
<I>xclip</I> program to show the contents of the X clipboard within an
|
|
<I>xterm</I> window.
|
|
<A NAME="lbAX"> </A>
|
|
<H3>SECONDARY</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This is used less often than <B>PRIMARY</B> or <B>CLIPBOARD</B>.
|
|
According to the ICCCM, it is used
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
As the second argument to commands taking two arguments
|
|
(for example, ``exchange primary and secondary selections'')
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
As a means of obtaining data when there is a primary selection
|
|
and the user does not want to disturb it
|
|
<A NAME="lbAY"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Selection Targets</H3>
|
|
|
|
The different types of data which are passed depend on what the receiving
|
|
client asks for.
|
|
These are termed <I>selection targets</I>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
When asking for the selection data,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> tries the following types in this order:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="992"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="993">UTF8_STRING<DD>
|
|
This is an XFree86 extension, which denotes that the data is encoded in UTF-8.
|
|
When <I>xterm</I> is built with wide-character support,
|
|
it both accepts and provides this type.
|
|
<DT id="994">TEXT<DD>
|
|
the text is in the encoding which corresponds to your current locale.
|
|
<DT id="995">
|
|
<DD>
|
|
|
|
COMPOUND_TEXT
|
|
this is a format for multiple character set data, such as multi-lingual text.
|
|
It can store UTF-8 data as a special case.
|
|
<DT id="996">STRING<DD>
|
|
This is Latin 1 (ISO-8859-1) data.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The middle two (TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT) are added if <I>xterm</I>
|
|
is configured with the <B>i18nSelections</B> resource set to ``true''.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
UTF8_STRING is preferred (therefore first in the list)
|
|
since <I>xterm</I> stores text as Unicode data when
|
|
running in wide-character mode, and no translation is needed.
|
|
On the other hand, TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT may require translation.
|
|
If the translation is incomplete, they will insert X's ``defaultString''
|
|
whose value cannot be set, and may simply be empty.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I>'s <B>defaultString</B> resource specifies the string to
|
|
use for incomplete translations of the UTF8_STRING.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You can alter the types which <I>xterm</I> tries using the
|
|
<B>eightBitSelectTypes</B> or <B>utf8SelectTypes</B> resources.
|
|
For instance, you might have some specific locale setting
|
|
which does not use UTF-8 encoding.
|
|
The resource value is a comma-separated list of the selection targets,
|
|
which consist of the names shown.
|
|
You can use the special name I18N
|
|
to denote the optional inclusion of TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT.
|
|
The names are matched ignoring case, and can be abbreviated.
|
|
The default list can be expressed in several ways, e.g.,
|
|
<P>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="997"><DD>
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
UTF8_STRING,I18N,STRING
|
|
utf8,i18n,string
|
|
u,i,s
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbAZ"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Mouse Protocol</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Applications can send escape sequences to <I>xterm</I> to cause it to send
|
|
escape sequences back to the computer when you press a pointer button,
|
|
or even (depending on which escape sequence) send escape sequences back
|
|
to the computer as you move the pointer.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
These escape sequences and the responses, called the <I>mouse protocol</I>,
|
|
are documented in <I>XTerm Control Sequences</I>.
|
|
They do not appear in the <I>actions</I> invoked by the <B>translations</B>
|
|
resource because the resource does not change while you run <I>xterm</I>,
|
|
whereas applications can change the mouse prototol
|
|
(i.e., enable, disable, use different modes).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
However, the mouse protocol is interpreted within the <I>actions</I>
|
|
that are usually associated with the pointer buttons.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> ignores the mouse protocol in the <B>insert-selection</B> action
|
|
if the shift-key is pressed at the same time.
|
|
It also modifies a few other actions if the shift-key is pressed,
|
|
e.g., suppressing the response with the pointer position,
|
|
though not eliminating changes to the selected text.
|
|
<A NAME="lbBA"> </A>
|
|
<H2>MENUS</H2>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> has four menus, named
|
|
<I>mainMenu</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>vtMenu</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>fontMenu</I>,
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
<I>tekMenu</I>.
|
|
|
|
Each menu pops up under the correct combinations of key and button presses.
|
|
Each menu is divided into sections, separated by a horizontal line.
|
|
Some menu entries correspond to modes that can be altered.
|
|
A check mark appears next to a mode that is currently active.
|
|
Selecting one of these modes toggles its state.
|
|
Other menu entries are commands;
|
|
selecting one of these performs the indicated function.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
All of the menu entries correspond to X actions.
|
|
In the list below, the menu label is shown followed by the action's
|
|
name in parenthesis.
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBB"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Main Options</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <I>xterm</I> <I>mainMenu</I> pops up
|
|
when the ``control'' key and pointer button one are pressed in a window.
|
|
This menu contains items that apply to
|
|
both the VT<I>xxx</I> and Tektronix windows.
|
|
There are several sections:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="998">Commands for managing X events:<DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="999"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1000"><B>Toolbar</B> (resource <B>toolbar</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Clicking on the ``Toolbar'' menu entry hides the toolbar if it is visible,
|
|
and shows it if it is not.
|
|
<DT id="1001"><B>Secure Keyboard</B> (resource <B>securekbd</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
The <B>Secure Keyboard</B>
|
|
mode is helpful when typing in passwords or other sensitive data in an
|
|
unsecure environment
|
|
(see <B>SECURITY</B> below, but read the limitations carefully).
|
|
<DT id="1002"><B>Allow SendEvents</B> (resource <B>allowsends</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Specifies whether or not synthetic key and button events generated using
|
|
the X protocol SendEvent request should be interpreted or discarded.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>allowSendEvents</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1003"><B>Redraw Window</B> (resource <B>redraw</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Forces the X display to repaint;
|
|
useful in some environments.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1004">Commands for capturing output:<DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1005"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1006"><B>Log to File</B> (resource <B>logging</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Captures text sent to the screen in a log file,
|
|
as in the <B>-l</B> logging option.
|
|
<DT id="1007"><B>Print-All Immediately</B> (resource <B>print-immediate</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Invokes the <B>print-immediate</B> action,
|
|
sending the text of the current window directly to a file,
|
|
as specified by the
|
|
<B>printFileImmediate</B>,
|
|
<B>printModeImmediate</B> and
|
|
<B>printOptsImmediate</B>
|
|
resources.
|
|
<DT id="1008"><B>Print-All on Error</B> (resource <B>print-on-error</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Invokes the <B>print-on-error</B> action,
|
|
which toggles a flag telling <I>xterm</I> that if it exits with an X error,
|
|
to send the text of the current window directly to a file,
|
|
as specified by the
|
|
<B>printFileOnXError</B>,
|
|
<B>printModeOnXError</B> and
|
|
<B>printOptsOnXError</B>
|
|
resources.
|
|
<DT id="1009"><B>Print Window</B> (resource <B>print</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Sends the text of the current window to the program given in the
|
|
<B>printerCommand</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1010"><B>Redirect to Printer</B> (resource <B>print-redir</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This sets the <B>printerControlMode</B> to 0 or 2.
|
|
You can use this to turn the printer on as if an application had sent
|
|
the appropriate control sequence.
|
|
It is also useful for switching the printer
|
|
off if an application turns it on without resetting the print control mode.
|
|
<DT id="1011"><B>XHTML Screen Dump</B> (resource <B>dump-html</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Available only when compiled with screen dump support.
|
|
Invokes the <B>dump-html</B> action.
|
|
This creates an XHTML file matching the contents of the current screen,
|
|
including the border, internal border, colors and most attributes: bold, italic,
|
|
underline, faint, strikeout, reverse; blink is rendered as white-on-red;
|
|
double underline is rendered the same as underline since
|
|
there is no portable equivalent
|
|
in CSS 2.2.
|
|
<DT id="1012"><DD>
|
|
The font is whatever your browser uses for preformatted (<pre>)
|
|
elements.
|
|
The XHTML file references a cascading style sheet (CSS)
|
|
named ``<B>xterm.css</B>'' that you can create to select a font or
|
|
override properties.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1013"><DD>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The following CSS selectors are used with
|
|
the expected default behavior in the XHTML file:
|
|
<P>
|
|
<I>.ul</I> for underline,
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<I>.bd</I> for bold,
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<I>.it</I> for italic,
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<I>.st</I> for strikeout,
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<I>.lu</I> for strikeout combined with underline.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In addition you may use
|
|
<P>
|
|
<I>.ev</I> to affect even numbered lines and
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<I>.od</I> to affect odd numbered lines.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1014"><DD>
|
|
Attributes faint, reverse and blink are implemented as <I>style</I> attributes
|
|
setting color properties.
|
|
All colors are specified as RGB percentages
|
|
in order to support displays with 10 bits per RGB.
|
|
<DT id="1015"><DD>
|
|
The name of the file will be
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
<B>xterm.</B><I>yyyy</I><B>.</B><I>MM</I><B>.</B><I>dd</I><B>.</B><I>hh</I><B>.</B><I>mm</I><B>.</B><I>ss</I>.xhtml
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1016"><DD>
|
|
where
|
|
<I>yyyy</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>MM</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>dd</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>hh</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>mm</I>
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
<I>ss</I>
|
|
|
|
are the year, month, day, hour, minute and second
|
|
when the screen dump was performed
|
|
(the file is created in the directory
|
|
<I>xterm</I> is started in, or the home directory for a login <I>xterm</I>).
|
|
<DT id="1017"><DD>
|
|
The <B>dump-html</B> action can also be triggered using the Media Copy
|
|
control sequence CSI 1 0 i, for example from a shell script with
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
printf '\033[10i'
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
Only the UTF-8 encoding is supported.
|
|
<DT id="1018"><B>SVG Screen Dump</B> (resource <B>dump-svg</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Available only when compiled with screen dump support.
|
|
Invokes the <B>dump-svg</B> action.
|
|
This creates a Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) file matching
|
|
the contents of the current screen, including the border,
|
|
internal border, colors and most attributes: bold, italic,
|
|
underline, double underline, faint, strikeout, reverse;
|
|
blink is rendered as white-on-red.
|
|
The font is whatever your renderer uses for the <I>monospace</I> font-family.
|
|
All colors are specified as RGB percentages
|
|
in order to support displays with 10 bits per RGB.
|
|
<DT id="1019"><DD>
|
|
The name of the file will be
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
<B>xterm.</B><I>yyyy</I><B>.</B><I>MM</I><B>.</B><I>dd</I><B>.</B><I>hh</I><B>.</B><I>mm</I><B>.</B><I>ss</I>.svg
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1020"><DD>
|
|
where
|
|
<I>yyyy</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>MM</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>dd</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>hh</I>,
|
|
|
|
<I>mm</I>
|
|
|
|
and
|
|
<I>ss</I>
|
|
|
|
are the year, month, day, hour, minute and second
|
|
when the screen dump was performed
|
|
(the file is created in the directory
|
|
<I>xterm</I> is started in, or the home directory for a login <I>xterm</I>).
|
|
<DT id="1021"><DD>
|
|
The <B>dump-svg</B> action can also be triggered using the Media Copy
|
|
control sequence CSI 1 1 i, for example from a shell script with
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
printf '\033[11i'
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
Only the UTF-8 encoding is supported.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1022">Modes for setting keyboard style:<DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1023"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1024"><B>8-Bit Controls</B> (resource <B>8-bit-control</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enabled for VT220 emulation, this controls whether <I>xterm</I> will send
|
|
8-bit control sequences rather than using 7-bit (ASCII) controls,
|
|
e.g., sending a byte in the range 128-159 rather than the escape character
|
|
followed by a second byte.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> always interprets both 8-bit and 7-bit control sequences
|
|
(see <I>Xterm Control Sequences</I>).
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>eightBitControl</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1025"><B>Backarrow Key (BS/DEL)</B> (resource <B>backarrow key</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Modifies the behavior of the backarrow key, making it transmit
|
|
either a backspace (8)
|
|
or delete (127) character.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>backarrowKey</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1026"><B>Alt/NumLock Modifiers</B> (resource <B>num-lock</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Controls the treatment of Alt- and NumLock-key modifiers.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>numLock</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1027"><B>Meta Sends Escape</B> (resource <B>meta-esc</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Controls whether <I>Meta</I> keys are converted into a two-character
|
|
sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>metaSendsEscape</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1028"><B>Delete is DEL</B> (resource <B>delete-is-del</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Controls whether the Delete key on the editing keypad should send DEL (127)
|
|
or the VT220-style Remove escape sequence.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>deleteIsDEL</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1029"><B>Old Function-Keys</B> (resource <B>oldFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1030"><B>HP Function-Keys</B> (resource <B>hpFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1031"><B>SCO Function-Keys</B> (resource <B>scoFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1032"><B>Sun Function-Keys</B> (resource <B>sunFunctionKeys</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1033"><B>VT220 Keyboard</B> (resource <B>sunKeyboard</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
These act as a radio-button, selecting one style for the keyboard layout.
|
|
The layout corresponds to more than one resource setting:
|
|
<B>sunKeyboard</B>,
|
|
<B>sunFunctionKeys</B>,
|
|
<B>scoFunctionKeys</B> and
|
|
<B>hpFunctionKeys</B>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1034">Commands for process signalling:<DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1035"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1036"><B>Send STOP Signal</B> (resource <B>suspend</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1037"><B>Send CONT Signal</B> (resource <B>continue</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1038"><B>Send INT Signal</B> (resource <B>interrupt</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1039"><B>Send HUP Signal</B> (resource <B>hangup</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1040"><B>Send TERM Signal</B> (resource <B>terminate</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1041"><B>Send KILL Signal</B> (resource <B>kill</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
These send the SIGTSTP, SIGCONT, SIGINT, SIGHUP, SIGTERM and SIGKILL
|
|
signals respectively, to
|
|
the process group of the process running under <I>xterm</I> (usually the shell).
|
|
The <B>SIGCONT</B>
|
|
function is especially useful if the user has accidentally typed CTRL-Z,
|
|
suspending the process.
|
|
<DT id="1042"><B>Quit</B> (resource <B>quit</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Stop processing X events except to support the <B>-hold</B> option,
|
|
and then send a SIGHUP signal to
|
|
the process group of the process running under <I>xterm</I> (usually the shell).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBC"> </A>
|
|
<H3>VT Options</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <I>xterm</I> <I>vtMenu</I>
|
|
sets various modes in the VT<I>xxx</I> emulation, and is popped up when the
|
|
``control'' key and pointer button two
|
|
are pressed in the VT<I>xxx</I> window.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1043">VT<I>xxx</I> Modes:<DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1044"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1045"><B>Enable Scrollbar</B> (resource <B>scrollbar</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) the scrollbar.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-sb</B> option and the <B>scrollBar</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1046"><B>Enable Jump Scroll</B> (resource <B>jumpscroll</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) jump scrolling.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-j</B> option and the <B>jumpScroll</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1047"><B>Enable Reverse Video</B> (resource <B>reversevideo</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) reverse-video.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-rv</B> option and the <B>reverseVideo</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1048"><B>Enable Auto Wraparound</B> (resource <B>autowrap</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) auto-wraparound.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-aw</B> option and the <B>autoWrap</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1049"><B>Enable Reverse Wraparound</B> (resource <B>reversewrap</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) reverse wraparound.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-rw</B> option and the <B>reverseWrap</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1050"><B>Enable Auto Linefeed</B> (resource <B>autolinefeed</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) auto-linefeed.
|
|
This is the VT102 NEL function,
|
|
which causes the emulator to emit a line feed after each carriage return.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option or resource setting.
|
|
<DT id="1051"><B>Enable Application Cursor Keys</B> (resource <B>appcursor</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) application cursor keys.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>appcursorDefault</B> resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
<DT id="1052"><B>Enable Application Keypad</B> (resource <B>appkeypad</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) application keypad keys.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>appkeypadDefault</B> resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
<DT id="1053"><B>Scroll to Bottom on Key Press</B> (resource <B>scrollkey</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) scrolling to the bottom of the scrolling region
|
|
on a keypress.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-sk</B> option and the <B>scrollKey</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1054"><DD>
|
|
As a special case, the XON / XOFF keys (control/S and control/Q) are ignored.
|
|
<DT id="1055"><B>Scroll to Bottom on Tty Output</B> (resource <B>scrollttyoutput</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) scrolling to the bottom of the scrolling region on
|
|
output to the terminal.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-si</B> option and
|
|
the <B>scrollTtyOutput</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1056"><B>Allow 80/132 Column Switching</B> (resource <B>allow132</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) switching between 80 and 132 columns.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-132</B> option and the <B>c132</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1057"><B>Keep Selection</B> (resource <B>keepSelection</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tell <I>xterm</I> whether to disown the selection when it stops highlighting it,
|
|
e.g., when an application modifies the display so that it no longer matches
|
|
the text which has been highlighted.
|
|
As long as <I>xterm</I> continues to own the selection for a given atom,
|
|
it can provide the corresponding text to other clients which request
|
|
the selection using that atom.
|
|
<DT id="1058"><DD>
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>keepSelection</B> resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
<DT id="1059"><DD>
|
|
Telling <I>xterm</I> to not disown the selection
|
|
does not prevent other applications from taking ownership of the selection.
|
|
When that happens, <I>xterm</I> receives notification that this has happened,
|
|
and removes its highlighting.
|
|
<DT id="1060"><DD>
|
|
See <B>SELECT/PASTE</B> for more information.
|
|
<DT id="1061"><B>Select to Clipboard</B> (resource <B>selectToClipboard</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Tell <I>xterm</I> whether to use the <B>PRIMARY</B> or <B>CLIPBOARD</B>
|
|
for <B>SELECT</B> tokens in the <B>translations</B> resource which
|
|
maps keyboard and mouse actions to select/paste actions.
|
|
<DT id="1062"><DD>
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>selectToClipboard</B> resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
<DT id="1063"><DD>
|
|
The <B>keepSelection</B> resource setting applies
|
|
to <B>CLIPBOARD</B> selections just as it does for <B>PRIMARY</B> selections.
|
|
However some window managers treat the clipboard specially.
|
|
For instance, XQuartz's synchronization between the OSX <I>pasteboard</I>
|
|
and the X11 <I>clipboard</I> causes applications
|
|
to lose the selection ownership
|
|
for that atom when a selection is copied to the clipboard.
|
|
<DT id="1064"><DD>
|
|
See <B>SELECT/PASTE</B> for more information.
|
|
<DT id="1065"><B>Enable Visual Bell</B> (resource <B>visualbell</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) visible bell (i.e., flashing) instead of an audible bell.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-vb</B> option and the <B>visualBell</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1066"><B>Enable Bell Urgency</B> (resource <B>bellIsUrgent</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) Urgency window manager hint when Control-G is received.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>bellIsUrgent</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1067"><B>Enable Pop on Bell</B> (resource <B>poponbell</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) raising of the window when Control-G is received.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-pop</B> option and the <B>popOnBell</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1068"><B>Enable Blinking Cursor</B> (resource <B>cursorblink</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) the blinking-cursor feature.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-bc</B> option and the <B>cursorBlink</B> resource.
|
|
There are also escape sequences
|
|
(see <I>Xterm Control Sequences</I>):
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1069"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the <B>cursorBlinkXOR</B> resource is set,
|
|
the menu entry and the escape sequence states will be XOR'd:
|
|
if both are enabled, the cursor will not blink,
|
|
if only one is enabled, the cursor will blink.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the <B>cursorBlinkXOR</B> is not set;
|
|
if either the menu entry or the escape sequence states are set,
|
|
the cursor will blink.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1070"><DD>
|
|
In either case, the checkbox for the menu shows the state of the
|
|
<B>cursorBlink</B> resource,
|
|
which may not correspond to what the cursor is actually doing.
|
|
<DT id="1071"><B>Enable Alternate Screen Switching</B> (resource <B>titeInhibit</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) switching between the normal and alternate screens.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>titeInhibit</B> resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
<DT id="1072"><B>Enable Active Icon</B> (resource <B>activeicon</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable (or disable) the active-icon feature.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>-ai</B> option and the <B>activeIcon</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1073"><B>Sixel Scrolling</B> (resource <B>sixelScrolling</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
sixel graphics are positioned at the current text cursor location, scroll
|
|
the image vertically if larger than the screen, and leave the text cursor
|
|
at the start of the next complete line after the image when returning to text
|
|
mode (this is the default).
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
sixel graphics are positioned at the upper left of the screen, are
|
|
cropped to fit the screen, and do not affect the text cursor location.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>sixelScrolling</B> resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
<DT id="1074"><B>Private Color Registers</B> (resource <B>privateColorRegisters</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support ReGIS graphics,
|
|
this controls whether a private color palette can be used.
|
|
<DT id="1075"><DD>
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
each graphic image uses a separate set of color registers, so that it
|
|
essentially has a private palette (this is the default).
|
|
If it is not set,
|
|
all graphics images share a common set of registers which is how sixel and
|
|
ReGIS graphics worked on actual hardware.
|
|
The default is likely a more
|
|
useful mode on modern TrueColor hardware.
|
|
<DT id="1076"><DD>
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>privateColorRegisters</B> resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1077">VT<I>xxx</I> Commands:<DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1078"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1079"><B>Do Soft Reset</B> (resource <B>softreset</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Reset scroll regions.
|
|
This can be convenient when some program has left the scroll regions
|
|
set incorrectly (often a problem when using VMS or TOPS-20).
|
|
This corresponds to the VT220 DECSTR control sequence.
|
|
<DT id="1080"><B>Do Full Reset</B> (resource <B>hardreset</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
The full reset entry will clear the screen, reset tabs to every
|
|
eight columns, and reset the terminal modes (such as wrap and smooth scroll)
|
|
to their initial states just after
|
|
<I>xterm</I> has finished processing the command line options.
|
|
This corresponds to the VT102 RIS control sequence,
|
|
with a few obvious differences.
|
|
For example, your session is not disconnected as a real VT102 would do.
|
|
<DT id="1081"><B>Reset and Clear Saved Lines</B> (resource <B>clearsavedlines</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Perform a full reset,
|
|
and also clear the saved lines.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1082">Commands for setting the current screen:<DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1083"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1084"><B>Show Tek Window</B> (resource <B>tekshow</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
pops the Tektronix 4014 window up (makes it visible).
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
hides the Tektronix 4014 window.
|
|
<DT id="1085"><B>Switch to Tek Mode</B> (resource <B>tekmode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
pops the Tektronix 4014 window up if it is not already visible,
|
|
and switches the input stream to that window.
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
hides the Tektronix 4014 window and
|
|
switches input back to the VT<I>xxx</I> window.
|
|
<DT id="1086"><B>Hide VT Window</B> (resource <B>vthide</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
hides the VT<I>xxx</I> window,
|
|
shows the Tektronix 4014 window if
|
|
it was not already visible
|
|
and switches the input stream to that window.
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
shows the VT<I>xxx</I> window,
|
|
and switches the input stream to that window.
|
|
<DT id="1087"><B>Show Alternate Screen</B> (resource <B>altscreen</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
shows the alternate screen.
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
shows the normal screen.
|
|
Note that the normal screen may have saved lines;
|
|
the alternate screen does not.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBD"> </A>
|
|
<H3>VT Fonts</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <I>xterm</I> <I>fontMenu</I> pops up when
|
|
the ``control'' key and pointer button three are pressed in a window.
|
|
It sets the font used in the VT<I>xxx</I> window,
|
|
or modifies the way the font is specified or displayed.
|
|
There are several sections.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The first section allows you to select the font from a set of alternatives:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1088"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1089"><B>Default</B> (resource <B>fontdefault</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to the default, i.e., that given by the <B>*VT100.font</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1090"><B>Unreadable</B> (resource <B>font1</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to that given by the <B>*VT100.font1</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1091"><B>Tiny</B> (resource <B>font2</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to that given by the <B>*VT100.font2</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1092"><B>Small</B> (resource <B>font3</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to that given by the <B>*VT100.font3</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1093"><B>Medium</B> (resource <B>font4</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to that given by the <B>*VT100.font4</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1094"><B>Large</B> (resource <B>font5</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to that given by the <B>*VT100.font5</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1095"><B>Huge</B> (resource <B>font6</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to that given by the <B>*VT100.font6</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1096"><B>Escape Sequence</B> (resource <B>fontescape</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This allows you to set the font last specified by the Set
|
|
Font escape sequence (see <I>Xterm Control Sequences</I>).
|
|
<DT id="1097"><B>Selection</B> (resource <B>fontsel</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This allows you to set the font specified
|
|
the current selection as a font name (if the <B>PRIMARY</B> selection is owned).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The second section allows you to modify the way it is displayed:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1098"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1099"><B>Bold Fonts</B> (resource <B>allow-bold-fonts</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This is normally checked (enabled).
|
|
When unchecked, <I>xterm</I> will not use bold fonts.
|
|
The setting corresponds to the <B>allowBoldFonts</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1100"><B>Line-Drawing Characters</B> (resource <B>font-linedrawing</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When set, tells <I>xterm</I> to draw its own line-drawing characters.
|
|
Otherwise it relies on the font containing these.
|
|
Compare to the <B>forceBoxChars</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1101"><B>Packed Font</B> (resource <B>font-packed</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When set, tells <I>xterm</I> to use the minimum glyph-width from a font
|
|
when displaying characters.
|
|
Use the maximum width (unchecked) to help display proportional fonts.
|
|
Compare to the <B>forcePackedFont</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1102"><B>Doublesized Characters</B> (resource <B>font-doublesize</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
When set, <I>xterm</I> may ask the font server to produce scaled versions
|
|
of the normal font, for VT102 double-size characters.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The third section allows you to modify the way it is specified:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1103"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1104"><B>TrueType Fonts</B> (resource <B>render-font</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
If the <B>renderFont</B> and corresponding resources were set,
|
|
this is a further control whether <I>xterm</I> will actually use the
|
|
Xft library calls to obtain a font.
|
|
<DT id="1105"><B>UTF-8 Encoding</B> (resource <B>utf8-mode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This controls whether <I>xterm</I> uses UTF-8 encoding of input/output.
|
|
It is useful for temporarily switching <I>xterm</I> to display
|
|
text from an application which does not follow the locale settings.
|
|
It corresponds to the <B>utf8</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1106"><B>UTF-8 Fonts</B> (resource <B>utf8-fonts</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This controls whether <I>xterm</I> uses UTF-8 fonts for display.
|
|
It is useful for temporarily switching <I>xterm</I> to display
|
|
text from an application which does not follow the locale settings.
|
|
It combines the <B>utf8</B> and <B>utf8Fonts</B> resources,
|
|
subject to the <B>locale</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1107"><B>UTF-8 Titles</B> (resource <B>utf8-title</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This controls whether <I>xterm</I> accepts UTF-8 encoding for
|
|
title control sequences.
|
|
It corresponds to the <B>utf8Fonts</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1108"><DD>
|
|
Initially the checkmark is set according to both the <B>utf8</B>
|
|
and <B>utf8Fonts</B> resource values.
|
|
If the latter is set to ``always'', the checkmark is disabled.
|
|
Likewise, if there are no fonts given in the <B>utf8Fonts</B>
|
|
subresources, then the checkmark also is disabled.
|
|
<DT id="1109"><DD>
|
|
The standard <B>XTerm</B> app-defaults file defines
|
|
both sets of fonts,
|
|
while the <B>UXTerm</B> app-defaults file defines only one set.
|
|
Assuming the standard app-defaults files,
|
|
this command will launch <I>xterm</I> able to switch between UTF-8
|
|
and ISO-8859-1 encoded fonts:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
uxterm -class XTerm
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The fourth section allows you to enable or disable special operations
|
|
which can be controlled by writing escape sequences to the terminal.
|
|
These are disabled if the SendEvents feature is enabled:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1110"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1111"><B>Allow Color Ops</B> (resource <B>allow-font-ops</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>allowColorOps</B> resource.
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that set/query the colors.
|
|
<DT id="1112"><B>Allow Font Ops</B> (resource <B>allow-font-ops</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>allowFontOps</B> resource.
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that set/query the font.
|
|
<DT id="1113"><B>Allow Mouse Ops</B> (resource <B>allow-mouse-ops</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that cause the terminal to
|
|
send escape sequences on pointer-clicks and movement.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>allowMouseOps</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1114"><B>Allow Tcap Ops</B> (resource <B>allow-tcap-ops</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that query the terminal's
|
|
notion of its function-key strings, as termcap or terminfo capabilities.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>allowTcapOps</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1115"><B>Allow Title Ops</B> (resource <B>allow-title-ops</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that modify the window title or icon name.
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>allowTitleOps</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1116"><B>Allow Window Ops</B> (resource <B>allow-window-ops</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Enable or disable extended window control sequences (as used in dtterm).
|
|
This corresponds to the <B>allowWindowOps</B> resource.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBE"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Tek Options</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <I>xterm</I> <I>tekMenu</I> sets various modes in the Tektronix emulation,
|
|
and is popped up when the
|
|
``control'' key and pointer button two
|
|
are pressed in the Tektronix window.
|
|
The current font size is checked in the modes section of the menu.
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1117"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1118"><B>Large Characters</B> (resource <B>tektextlarge</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1119"><B>#2 Size Characters</B> (resource <B>tektext2</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1120"><B>#3 Size Characters</B> (resource <B>tektext3</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1121"><B>Small Characters</B> (resource <B>tektextsmall</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Commands:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1122"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1123"><B>PAGE</B> (resource <B>tekpage</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Simulates the Tektronix ``PAGE'' button by
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1124"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
clearing the window,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
cancelling the graphics input-mode, and
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
moving the cursor to the <I>home</I> position.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1125"><B>RESET</B> (resource <B>tekreset</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Unlike the similarly-named Tektronix ``RESET'' button,
|
|
this does everything that <B>PAGE</B> does
|
|
as well as resetting the line-type and font-size to their default values.
|
|
<DT id="1126"><B>COPY</B> (resource <B>tekcopy</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Simulates the Tektronix ``COPY'' button
|
|
(which makes a hard-copy of the screen)
|
|
by writing the information to a text file.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Windows:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1127"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1128"><B>Show VT Window</B> (resource <B>vtshow</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1129"><B>Switch to VT Mode</B> (resource <B>vtmode</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1130"><B>Hide Tek Window</B> (resource <B>tekhide</B>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBF"> </A>
|
|
<H2>SECURITY</H2>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
X environments differ in their security consciousness.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Most servers,
|
|
run under <I>xdm</I>,
|
|
are capable of using a ``magic cookie'' authorization
|
|
scheme that can provide a reasonable level of security for many people.
|
|
If your server is only using a host-based mechanism to control access to
|
|
the server (see <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+xhost">xhost</A>(1)</B>),
|
|
then if you enable access for a host and
|
|
other users are also permitted to run clients on that same host,
|
|
it is possible that someone can run an application which uses the
|
|
basic services of the X protocol to snoop on your activities,
|
|
potentially capturing a transcript of everything you type at the keyboard.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any process which has access to your X display can manipulate it
|
|
in ways that you might not anticipate,
|
|
even redirecting your keyboard to itself
|
|
and sending events to your application's windows.
|
|
This is true even with the ``magic cookie'' authorization scheme.
|
|
While the <B>allowSendEvents</B> provides some protection against
|
|
rogue applications tampering with your programs,
|
|
guarding against a snooper is harder.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The X input extension for instance allows an application to bypass
|
|
all of the other (limited) authorization and security features,
|
|
including the GrabKeyboard protocol.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The possibility of an application spying on your keystrokes
|
|
is of particular concern when you want to type in a password
|
|
or other sensitive data.
|
|
The best solution to this problem is to use a better
|
|
authorization mechanism than is provided by X.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Subject to all of these caveats,
|
|
a simple mechanism exists for protecting keyboard input in <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <I>xterm</I> menu (see <B>MENUS</B> above) contains a <B>Secure Keyboard</B>
|
|
entry which, when enabled,
|
|
attempts to ensure that all keyboard input is directed
|
|
<I>only</I> to <I>xterm</I> (using the GrabKeyboard protocol request).
|
|
When an application prompts you for a password
|
|
(or other sensitive data), you can enable <B>Secure Keyboard</B> using the
|
|
menu, type in the data, and then disable <B>Secure Keyboard</B> using
|
|
the menu again.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
This ensures that you know which window is accepting your keystrokes.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
It cannot ensure that there are no processes which have access to your
|
|
X display that might be observing the keystrokes as well.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Only one X client at a time can grab the keyboard,
|
|
so when you attempt to enable <B>Secure Keyboard</B> it may fail.
|
|
In this case, the bell will sound.
|
|
If the <B>Secure Keyboard</B> succeeds,
|
|
the foreground and background colors will be exchanged (as if you
|
|
selected the <B>Enable Reverse Video</B> entry in the <B>Modes</B> menu);
|
|
they will be exchanged again when you exit secure mode.
|
|
If the colors
|
|
do <I>not</I> switch, then
|
|
you should be <I>very</I> suspicious that you are being spoofed.
|
|
If the application you are running displays a prompt before asking for
|
|
the password, it is safest to enter secure mode <I>before</I> the
|
|
prompt gets displayed, and to make sure that the prompt gets displayed
|
|
correctly (in the new colors), to minimize the probability of
|
|
spoofing.
|
|
You can also bring up the menu again and make sure that a check
|
|
mark appears next to the entry.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<B>Secure Keyboard</B> mode will be disabled automatically if your <I>xterm</I>
|
|
window becomes iconified (or otherwise unmapped), or if you start up
|
|
a reparenting window manager (that places a title bar or other decoration
|
|
around the window) while in <B>Secure Keyboard</B> mode.
|
|
(This is a
|
|
feature of the X protocol not easily overcome.) When this happens,
|
|
the foreground and background colors will be switched back and the bell
|
|
will sound in warning.
|
|
<A NAME="lbBG"> </A>
|
|
<H2>CHARACTER CLASSES</H2>
|
|
|
|
Clicking the left pointer button twice in rapid succession
|
|
(double-clicking) causes all characters of the same class
|
|
(e.g., letters, white space, punctuation) to be selected as a ``word''.
|
|
Since different people have different preferences for what should
|
|
be selected (for example, should filenames be selected as a whole or only
|
|
the separate subnames), the default mapping can be overridden through the use
|
|
of the <B>charClass</B> (class <I>CharClass</I>) resource.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This resource is a
|
|
series of comma-separated
|
|
<I>range</I>:<I>value</I> pairs.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The
|
|
<I>range</I> is either a single number or <I>low</I>-<I>high</I> in the range of 0
|
|
to 65535, corresponding to the code for the character or characters to be
|
|
set.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The <I>value</I> is arbitrary.
|
|
For example, the default table uses the
|
|
character number of the first character occurring in the set.
|
|
When not in
|
|
UTF-8 mode, only the first 256 entries of this table will be used.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The default table starts as follows -
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
static int charClass[256] = {
|
|
/* NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL */
|
|
32, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/* BS HT NL VT NP CR SO SI */
|
|
1, 32, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/* DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/* CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/* SP ! " # $ % & ' */
|
|
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
|
|
/* ( ) * + , - . / */
|
|
40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
|
|
/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* 8 9 : ; < = > ? */
|
|
48, 48, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
|
|
/* @ A B C D E F G */
|
|
64, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* H I J K L M N O */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* P Q R S T U V W */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* X Y Z [ \ ] ^ _ */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 91, 92, 93, 94, 48,
|
|
/* ` a b c d e f g */
|
|
96, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* h i j k l m n o */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* p q r s t u v w */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* x y z { | } ~ DEL */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 123, 124, 125, 126, 1,
|
|
/* x80 x81 x82 x83 IND NEL SSA ESA */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/* HTS HTJ VTS PLD PLU RI SS2 SS3 */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/* DCS PU1 PU2 STS CCH MW SPA EPA */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/* x98 x99 x9A CSI ST OSC PM APC */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/* - i c/ L ox Y- | So */
|
|
160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
|
|
/* .. c0 ip << _ R0 - */
|
|
168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175,
|
|
/* o +- 2 3 ' u q| . */
|
|
176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183,
|
|
/* , 1 2 >> 1/4 1/2 3/4 ? */
|
|
184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191,
|
|
/* A` A' A^ A~ A: Ao AE C, */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* E` E' E^ E: I` I' I^ I: */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* D- N~ O` O' O^ O~ O: X */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 215,
|
|
/* O/ U` U' U^ U: Y' P B */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* a` a' a^ a~ a: ao ae c, */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* e` e' e^ e: i` i' i^ i: */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/* d n~ o` o' o^ o~ o: -: */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 247,
|
|
/* o/ u` u' u^ u: y' P y: */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48};
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1131"><DD>
|
|
For example, the string ``33:48,37:48,45-47:48,38:48'' indicates that the
|
|
exclamation mark, percent sign, dash, period, slash, and ampersand characters
|
|
should be treated the same way as characters and numbers.
|
|
This is useful
|
|
for cutting and pasting electronic mailing addresses and filenames.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbBH"> </A>
|
|
<H2>KEY BINDINGS</H2>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
It is possible to rebind keys (or sequences of keys) to arbitrary strings
|
|
for input, by changing the <B>translations</B> resources
|
|
for the vt100 or tek4014 widgets.
|
|
Changing the <B>translations</B> resource
|
|
for events other than key and button events is not expected,
|
|
and will cause unpredictable behavior.
|
|
<A NAME="lbBI"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Actions</H3>
|
|
|
|
The following
|
|
actions are provided for use within the <I>vt100</I> or <I>tek4014</I>
|
|
<B>translations</B> resources:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1132"><B>allow-bold-fonts(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>allowBoldFonts</B> resource
|
|
and is also invoked by the <B>allow-bold-fonts</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1133"><B>allow-color-ops(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>allowColorOps</B> resource and is also
|
|
invoked by the <B>allow-color-ops</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1134"><B>allow-font-ops(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>allowFontOps</B> resource and is also
|
|
invoked by the <B>allow-font-ops</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1135"><B>allow-mouse-ops(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>allowMousepOps</B> resource
|
|
and is also invoked by the <B>allow-mouse-ops</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1136"><B>allow-send-events(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>allowSendEvents</B> resource
|
|
and is also invoked by the <B>allowsends</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1137"><B>allow-tcap-ops(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>allowTcapOps</B> resource
|
|
and is also invoked by the <B>allow-tcap-ops</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1138"><B>allow-title-ops(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>allowTitleOps</B> resource
|
|
and is also invoked by the <B>allow-title-ops</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1139"><B>allow-window-ops(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>allowWindowOps</B> resource
|
|
and is also invoked by the <B>allow-window-ops</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1140"><B>alt-sends-escape()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action toggles the state of the <B>altSendsEscape</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1141"><B>bell([</B><I>percent</I>])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action rings the keyboard bell at the specified percentage
|
|
above or below the base volume.
|
|
<DT id="1142"><B>clear-saved-lines()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action does <B>hard-reset()</B> and also clears the history
|
|
of lines saved off the top of the screen.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>clearsavedlines</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
The effect is identical to a hardware reset (RIS) control sequence.
|
|
<DT id="1143"><B>copy-selection(</B><I>destname</I> [, ...])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action puts the currently selected text into all of the selections or
|
|
cutbuffers specified by <I>destname</I>.
|
|
Unlike <B>select-end</B>, it does not send a mouse position or otherwise
|
|
modify the internal selection state.
|
|
<DT id="1144"><B>create-menu(</B><I>m/v/f/t</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action creates one of the menus used by <I>xterm</I>,
|
|
if it has not been previously created.
|
|
The parameter values are the menu names:
|
|
<I>mainMenu</I>, <I>vtMenu</I>, <I>fontMenu</I>, <I>tekMenu</I>, respectively.
|
|
<DT id="1145"><B>dabbrev-expand()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Expands the word before cursor by searching in the preceding text on the
|
|
screen and in the scrollback buffer for words starting with that
|
|
abbreviation.
|
|
Repeating <B>dabbrev-expand()</B> several times in sequence searches for an
|
|
alternative expansion by looking farther back.
|
|
Lack of more matches is signaled by a bell.
|
|
Attempts to expand an empty word
|
|
(i.e., when cursor is preceded by a space) yield successively all previous
|
|
words.
|
|
Consecutive identical expansions are ignored.
|
|
The word here is defined as a sequence of non-whitespace characters.
|
|
This feature partially emulates the behavior
|
|
of ``dynamic abbreviation'' expansion in Emacs (bound there to M-/).
|
|
Here is a resource setting for <I>xterm</I> which will do the same thing:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*VT100*translations: #override \n\
|
|
Meta <KeyPress> /:<B>dabbrev-expand</B>()
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1146"><B>deiconify()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Changes the window state back to normal, if it was iconified.
|
|
<DT id="1147"><B>delete-is-del()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action toggles the state of the <B>deleteIsDEL</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1148"><B>dired-button()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Handles a button event (other than press and release)
|
|
by echoing the event's position
|
|
(i.e., character line and column) in the following format:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
^X ESC G <line+`` ''> <col+`` ''>
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1149"><B>dump-html()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Invokes the <B>XHTML Screen Dump</B> feature.
|
|
<DT id="1150"><B>dump-svg()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Invokes the <B>SVG Screen Dump</B> feature.
|
|
<DT id="1151"><B>exec-formatted(</B><I>format</I>, <I>sourcename</I> [, ...])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Execute an external command,
|
|
using the current selection for part of the command's parameters.
|
|
The first parameter, <I>format</I> gives the basic command.
|
|
Succeeding parameters specify the selection source as in <B>insert-selection</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1152"><DD>
|
|
The <I>format</I> parameter allows these substitutions:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1153"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1154">%%<DD>
|
|
inserts a "%".
|
|
<DT id="1155">%P<DD>
|
|
the screen-position at the beginning of the highlighted region,
|
|
as a semicolon-separated pair of integers using the
|
|
values that the CUP control sequence would use.
|
|
<DT id="1156">%p<DD>
|
|
the screen-position after the beginning of the highlighted region,
|
|
using the same convention as ``%P''.
|
|
<DT id="1157">%S<DD>
|
|
the length of the string that ``%s'' would insert.
|
|
<DT id="1158">%s<DD>
|
|
the content of the selection, unmodified.
|
|
<DT id="1159">%T<DD>
|
|
the length of the string that ``%t'' would insert.
|
|
<DT id="1160">%t<DD>
|
|
the selection, trimmed of leading/trailing whitespace.
|
|
Embedded spaces (and newlines) are copied as is.
|
|
<DT id="1161">%R<DD>
|
|
the length of the string that ``%r'' would insert.
|
|
<DT id="1162">%r<DD>
|
|
the selection, trimmed of trailing whitespace.
|
|
<DT id="1163">%V<DD>
|
|
the video attributes at the beginning of the highlighted region,
|
|
as a semicolon-separated list of integers using the
|
|
values that the SGR control sequence would use.
|
|
<DT id="1164">%v<DD>
|
|
the video attributes after the end of the highlighted region,
|
|
using the same convention as ``%V''.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1165"><DD>
|
|
After constructing the command-string,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> forks a subprocess and executes the command,
|
|
which completes independently of <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1166"><DD>
|
|
For example, this translation would invoke a new <I>xterm</I> process
|
|
to view a file whose name is selected while holding the shift key down.
|
|
The new process is started when the mouse button is released:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*VT100*translations: #override Shift \
|
|
<Btn1Up>:<B>exec-formatted</B>("xterm -e view '%t'", <B>SELECT</B>)
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1167"><B>exec-selectable(</B><I>format</I>, <I>onClicks</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Execute an external command,
|
|
using data copied from the screen for part of the command's parameters.
|
|
The first parameter, <I>format</I> gives
|
|
the basic command as in <B>exec-formatted</B>.
|
|
The second parameter specifies the method for copying
|
|
the data as in the <B>on2Clicks</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1168"><B>fullscreen(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>fullscreen</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1169"><B>iconify()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Iconifies the window.
|
|
<DT id="1170"><B>hard-reset()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action resets the scrolling region, tabs, window size, and cursor keys
|
|
and clears the screen.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>hardreset</B>
|
|
entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1171"><B>ignore()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action ignores the event but checks for special pointer position
|
|
escape sequences.
|
|
<DT id="1172"><B>insert()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action inserts the character or string associated with
|
|
the key that was pressed.
|
|
<DT id="1173"><B>insert-eight-bit()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action inserts an eight-bit (Meta) version of the character or string
|
|
associated with the key that was pressed.
|
|
Only single-byte values are treated specially.
|
|
The exact action depends on the value of
|
|
the <B>altSendsEscape</B> and
|
|
the <B>metaSendsEscape</B> and
|
|
the <B>eightBitInput</B> resources.
|
|
The <B>metaSendsEscape</B> resource is tested first.
|
|
See the <B>eightBitInput</B> resource for a full discussion.
|
|
<DT id="1174"><DD>
|
|
The term ``eight-bit'' is misleading:
|
|
<I>xterm</I> checks if the key is in the range 128 to 255
|
|
(the eighth bit is set).
|
|
If the value is in that range,
|
|
depending on the resource values,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> may then do one of the following:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1175"><DD>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
add 128 to the value, setting its eighth bit,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
send an ESC byte before the key, or
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
send the key unaltered.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1176"><B>insert-formatted(</B><I>format</I>, <I>sourcename</I> [, ...])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Insert the current selection or data related to it, formatted.
|
|
The first parameter, <I>format</I> gives the template for the data
|
|
as in <B>exec-formatted</B>.
|
|
Succeeding parameters specify the selection source as in <B>insert-selection</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1177"><B>insert-selectable(</B><I>format</I>, <I>onClicks</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Insert data copied from the screen, formatted.
|
|
The first parameter, <I>format</I> gives the template for the data
|
|
as in <B>exec-formatted</B>.
|
|
The second parameter specifies the method for copying
|
|
the data as in the <B>on2Clicks</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1178"><B>insert-selection(</B><I>sourcename</I> [, ...])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action inserts the string found in the selection or cutbuffer indicated
|
|
by <I>sourcename</I>.
|
|
Sources are checked in the order given (case is
|
|
significant) until one is found.
|
|
Commonly-used selections include:
|
|
<B>PRIMARY</B>, <B>SECONDARY</B>, and <B>CLIPBOARD</B>.
|
|
Cut buffers are
|
|
typically named <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B> through <B>CUT_BUFFER7</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1179"><B>insert-seven-bit()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action is a synonym for <B>insert()</B>.
|
|
The term ``seven-bit'' is misleading:
|
|
it only implies that <I>xterm</I> does not try to add 128 to the key's value
|
|
as in <B>insert-eight-bit()</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1180"><B>interpret(</B><I>control-sequence</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Interpret the given control sequence locally, i.e., without passing it to
|
|
the host.
|
|
This works by inserting the control sequence at the front
|
|
of the input buffer.
|
|
Use ``\'' to escape octal digits in the string.
|
|
Xt does not allow you to put a null character
|
|
(i.e., ``\000'') in the string.
|
|
<DT id="1181"><B>keymap(</B><I>name</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action dynamically defines a new translation table whose resource
|
|
name is <I>name</I> with the suffix ``<I>Keymap</I>''
|
|
(i.e., <I>name</I><B>Keymap</B>, where case is significant).
|
|
The name <I>None</I> restores the original translation table.
|
|
<DT id="1182"><B>larger-vt-font()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to the next larger one, based on the font dimensions.
|
|
See also <B>set-vt-font()</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1183"><B>load-vt-fonts(</B><I>name</I>[,<I>class</I>])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Load fontnames from the given subresource name and class.
|
|
That is, load the ``*VT100.<I>name</I>.font'',
|
|
resource as ``*VT100.font'' etc.
|
|
If no name is given, the original set of fontnames is restored.
|
|
<DT id="1184"><DD>
|
|
Unlike <B>set-vt-font()</B>, this does not affect the escape- and select-fonts,
|
|
since those are not based on resource values.
|
|
It does affect the fonts loosely organized under the ``Default'' menu
|
|
entry, including <B>font</B>, <B>boldFont</B>, <B>wideFont</B>
|
|
and <B>wideBoldFont</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1185"><B>maximize()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Resizes the window to fill the screen.
|
|
<DT id="1186"><B>meta-sends-escape()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action toggles the state of the <B>metaSendsEscape</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1187"><B>popup-menu(</B><I>menuname</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action displays the specified popup menu.
|
|
Valid names (case is
|
|
significant) include: <I>mainMenu</I>, <I>vtMenu</I>, <I>fontMenu</I>,
|
|
and <I>tekMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1188"><B>print(</B><I>printer-flags</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action prints the window.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>print</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1189"><DD>
|
|
The action accepts optional parameters, which temporarily override
|
|
resource settings.
|
|
The parameter values are matched ignoring case:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1190"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1191">noFormFeed<DD>
|
|
no form feed will be sent at the end of the last line printed
|
|
(i.e., <B>printerFormFeed</B> is ``false'').
|
|
<DT id="1192">FormFeed<DD>
|
|
a form feed will be sent at the end of the last line printed
|
|
(i.e., <B>printerFormFeed</B> is ``true'').
|
|
<DT id="1193">noNewLine<DD>
|
|
no newline will be sent at the end of the last line printed,
|
|
and wrapped lines will be combined into long lines
|
|
(i.e., <B>printerNewLine</B> is ``false'').
|
|
<DT id="1194">NewLine<DD>
|
|
a newline will be sent at the end of the last line printed,
|
|
and each line will be limited (by adding a newline) to the screen width
|
|
(i.e., <B>printerNewLine</B> is ``true'').
|
|
<DT id="1195">noAttrs<DD>
|
|
the page is printed without attributes
|
|
(i.e., <B>printAttributes</B> is ``0'').
|
|
<DT id="1196">monoAttrs<DD>
|
|
the page is printed with monochrome (vt220) attributes
|
|
(i.e., <B>printAttributes</B> is ``1'').
|
|
<DT id="1197">colorAttrs<DD>
|
|
the page is printed with ANSI color attributes
|
|
(i.e., <B>printAttributes</B> is ``2'').
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1198"><B>print-everything(</B><I>printer-flags</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sends the entire text history, in addition to the text
|
|
currently visible, to the program given in the <B>printerCommand</B> resource.
|
|
It allows the same optional parameters as the <B>print</B> action.
|
|
With a suitable printer command, the action can be used to load the text
|
|
history in an editor.
|
|
<DT id="1199"><B>print-immediate()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Sends the text of the current window directly to a file,
|
|
as specified by the
|
|
<B>printFileImmediate</B>,
|
|
<B>printModeImmediate</B> and
|
|
<B>printOptsImmediate</B>
|
|
resources.
|
|
<DT id="1200"><B>print-on-error()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Toggles a flag telling <I>xterm</I> that if it exits with an X error,
|
|
to send the text of the current window directly to a file,
|
|
as specified by the
|
|
<B>printFileOnXError</B>,
|
|
<B>printModeOnXError</B> and
|
|
<B>printOptsOnXError</B>
|
|
resources.
|
|
<DT id="1201"><B>print-redir()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action toggles the <B>printerControlMode</B> between 0 and 2.
|
|
The corresponding popup menu entry is useful for switching the printer
|
|
off if you happen to change your mind after deciding to print random
|
|
binary files on the terminal.
|
|
<DT id="1202"><B>quit()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
This action sends a SIGHUP to the subprogram and exits.
|
|
It is also invoked
|
|
by the <B>quit</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1203"><B>readline-button()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Supports the optional readline feature by echoing repeated cursor forward
|
|
or backward control sequences on button release event,
|
|
to request that the host application update its notion of the cursor's
|
|
position to match the button event.
|
|
<DT id="1204"><B>redraw()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action redraws the window.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>redraw</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1205"><B>restore()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Restores the window to the size before it was last maximized.
|
|
<DT id="1206"><B>scroll-back(</B><I>count</I> [,<I>units</I> [,<I>mouse</I>] ])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action scrolls the text window backward so that text that had previously
|
|
scrolled off the top of the screen is now visible.
|
|
<DT id="1207"><DD>
|
|
The <I>count</I> argument
|
|
indicates the number of <I>units</I> (which may be <I>page</I>, <I>halfpage</I>,
|
|
<I>pixel</I>, or <I>line</I>) by which to scroll.
|
|
If no <I>count</I> parameter is given, <I>xterm</I> uses the number of lines
|
|
given by the <B>scrollLines</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1208"><DD>
|
|
An adjustment can be specified for the <I>page</I> or <I>halfpage</I> units
|
|
by appending a ``+'' or ``-''
|
|
sign followed by a number,
|
|
e.g., <I>page-2</I> to specify 2 lines less than a page.
|
|
<DT id="1209"><DD>
|
|
If the second parameter is omitted ``lines'' is used.
|
|
<DT id="1210"><DD>
|
|
If the third parameter <I>mouse</I> is given, the action is ignored when
|
|
mouse reporting is enabled.
|
|
<DT id="1211"><B>scroll-forw(</B><I>count</I> [,<I>units</I> [,<I>mouse</I>] ])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action is similar to <B>scroll-back</B> except that it scrolls
|
|
in the other direction.
|
|
<DT id="1212"><B>secure()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action toggles the <I>Secure Keyboard</I> mode
|
|
(see <B>SECURITY</B>), and is invoked from the <B>securekbd</B>
|
|
entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1213"><B>scroll-lock(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles internal state which tells
|
|
<I>xterm</I> whether Scroll Lock is active,
|
|
subject to the <B>allowScrollLock</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1214"><B>scroll-to(</B><I>count</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Scroll to the given line relative to the beginning of the saved-lines.
|
|
For instance, ``<B>scroll-to(0)</B>'' would scroll to the beginning.
|
|
Two special nonnumeric parameters are recognized:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1215"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1216"><B>scroll-to(begin)</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Scroll to the beginning of the saved lines.
|
|
<DT id="1217"><B>scroll-to(end)</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Scroll to the end of the saved lines, i.e., to the currently active page.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1218"><B>select-cursor-end(</B><I>destname</I> [, ...])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action is similar to <B>select-end</B> except that it should be used
|
|
with <B>select-cursor-start</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1219"><B>select-cursor-extend()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action is similar to <B>select-extend</B> except that it should be used
|
|
with <B>select-cursor-start</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1220"><B>select-cursor-start()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action is similar to <B>select-start</B> except that it begins the
|
|
selection at the current text cursor position.
|
|
<DT id="1221"><B>select-end(</B><I>destname</I> [, ...])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action puts the currently selected text into all of the selections or
|
|
cutbuffers specified by <I>destname</I>.
|
|
It also sends a mouse position and updates the internal selection state
|
|
to reflect the end of the selection process.
|
|
<DT id="1222"><B>select-extend()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action tracks the pointer and extends the selection.
|
|
It should only be bound to Motion events.
|
|
<DT id="1223"><B>select-set()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action stores text that corresponds to the current selection,
|
|
without affecting the selection mode.
|
|
<DT id="1224"><B>select-start()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action begins text selection at the current pointer location.
|
|
See
|
|
the section on <B>POINTER USAGE</B> for information on making selections.
|
|
<DT id="1225"><B>send-signal(</B><I>signame</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sends the signal named by <I>signame</I>
|
|
to the <I>xterm</I> subprocess (the shell or program specified with
|
|
the <I>-e</I> command line option).
|
|
It is also invoked by the
|
|
<B>suspend</B>,
|
|
<B>continue</B>,
|
|
<B>interrupt</B>,
|
|
<B>hangup</B>,
|
|
<B>terminate</B>,
|
|
and
|
|
<B>kill</B>
|
|
entries in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
Allowable signal names are (case is
|
|
not significant):
|
|
<I>tstp</I> (if supported by the operating system), <I>suspend</I> (same
|
|
as <I>tstp</I>), <I>cont</I>
|
|
(if supported by the operating system), <I>int</I>, <I>hup</I>, <I>term</I>,
|
|
<I>quit</I>,
|
|
<I>alrm</I>, <I>alarm</I> (same as <I>alrm</I>) and <I>kill</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1226"><B>set-8-bit-control(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>eightBitControl</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>8-bit-control</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1227"><B>set-allow132(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>c132</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>allow132</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1228"><B>set-altscreen(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles between the alternate and current screens.
|
|
<DT id="1229"><B>set-appcursor(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the handling Application Cursor Key mode
|
|
and is also invoked by the <B>appcursor</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1230"><B>set-appkeypad(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the handling of Application Keypad mode
|
|
and is also invoked by the <B>appkeypad</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1231"><B>set-autolinefeed(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles automatic insertion of line feeds.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>autolinefeed</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1232"><B>set-autowrap(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles automatic wrapping of long lines.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>autowrap</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1233"><B>set-backarrow(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>backarrowKey</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>backarrow key</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1234"><B>set-bellIsUrgent(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>bellIsUrgent</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>bellIsUrgent</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1235"><B>set-cursorblink(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>cursorBlink</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>cursorblink</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1236"><B>set-cursesemul(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>curses</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>cursesemul</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1237"><B>set-font-doublesize(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>fontDoublesize</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>font-doublesize</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1238"><B>set-hp-function-keys(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>hpFunctionKeys</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>hpFunctionKeys</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1239"><B>set-jumpscroll(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>jumpscroll</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>jumpscroll</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1240"><B>set-font-linedrawing(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <I>xterm</I>'s state regarding whether
|
|
the current font has line-drawing characters and whether it should draw them
|
|
directly.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>font-linedrawing</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1241"><B>set-font-packed(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>forcePackedFont</B> resource
|
|
which controls use of the font's minimum or maximum glyph width.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>font-packed</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1242"><B>set-keep-clipboard(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>keepClipboard</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1243"><B>set-keep-selection(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>keepSelection</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>keepSelection</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1244"><B>set-logging(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the state of the logging option.
|
|
<DT id="1245"><B>set-old-function-keys(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the state of legacy function keys.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>oldFunctionKeys</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1246"><B>set-marginbell(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>marginBell</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1247"><B>set-num-lock(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action toggles the state of the <B>numLock</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1248"><B>set-pop-on-bell(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>popOnBell</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>poponbell</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1249"><B>set-private-colors(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>privateColorRegisters</B> resource.
|
|
<DT id="1250"><B>set-render-font(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>renderFont</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>render-font</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1251"><B>set-reverse-video(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>reverseVideo</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>reversevideo</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1252"><B>set-reversewrap(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>reverseWrap</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>reversewrap</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1253"><B>set-scroll-on-key(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>scrollKey</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>scrollkey</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1254"><B>set-scroll-on-tty-output(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>scrollTtyOutput</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>scrollttyoutput</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1255"><B>set-scrollbar(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>scrollbar</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>scrollbar</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1256"><B>set-sco-function-keys(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>scoFunctionKeys</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>scoFunctionKeys</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1257"><B>set-select(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>selectToClipboard</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>selectToClipboard</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1258"><B>set-sixel-scrolling(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action toggles between inline (sixel scrolling) and absolute positioning.
|
|
It can also be controlled via DEC private mode 80 (DECSDM) or from
|
|
the <B>sixelScrolling</B> entry in the <I>btMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1259"><B>set-sun-function-keys(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>sunFunctionKeys</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>sunFunctionKeys</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1260"><B>set-sun-keyboard(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>sunKeyboard</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>sunKeyboard</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1261"><B>set-tek-text(</B><I>large/2/3/small</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets the font used in the Tektronix window to the value of the
|
|
selected resource according to the argument.
|
|
The argument can be either a keyword or single-letter alias,
|
|
as shown in parentheses:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1262"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1263">large (l)<DD>
|
|
Use resource <B>fontLarge</B>, same as menu entry <B>tektextlarge</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1264">two (2)<DD>
|
|
Use resource <B>font2</B>, same as menu entry <B>tektext2</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1265">three (3)<DD>
|
|
Use resource <B>font3</B>, same as menu entry <B>tektext3</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1266">small (s)<DD>
|
|
Use resource <B>fontSmall</B>, same as menu entry <B>tektextsmall</B>.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1267"><B>set-terminal-type(</B><I>type</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action directs output to either the <I>vt</I> or <I>tek</I> windows,
|
|
according to the <I>type</I> string.
|
|
It is also invoked by the
|
|
<B>tekmode</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I> and the <B>vtmode</B> entry in
|
|
<I>tekMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1268"><B>set-titeInhibit(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>titeInhibit</B> resource,
|
|
which controls switching between the alternate and current screens.
|
|
<DT id="1269"><B>set-toolbar(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the toolbar feature.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>toolbar</B> entry in <I>mainMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1270"><B>set-utf8-fonts(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>utf8Fonts</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>utf8-fonts</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1271"><B>set-utf8-mode(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>utf8</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>utf8-mode</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1272"><B>set-utf8-title(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>utf8Title</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>utf8-title</B> entry in <I>fontMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1273"><B>set-visibility(</B><I>vt/tek</I>,<I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles whether or not
|
|
the <I>vt</I> or <I>tek</I> windows are visible.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>tekshow</B> and <B>vthide</B> entries
|
|
in <I>vtMenu</I> and the <B>vtshow</B> and <B>tekhide</B> entries in
|
|
<I>tekMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1274"><B>set-visual-bell(</B><I>on/off/toggle</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the <B>visualBell</B> resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>visualbell</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1275"><B>set-vt-font(</B><I>d/1/2/3/4/5/6/e/s</I> [,<I>normalfont</I> [, <I>boldfont</I>]])
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sets the font or fonts currently being used
|
|
in the VT<I>xxx</I> window.
|
|
The first argument is a single character that specifies the font to be used:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1276"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1277">
|
|
<I>d</I> or <I>D</I> indicate the default font (the font initially
|
|
<DD>used when
|
|
<I>xterm</I> was started),
|
|
<DT id="1278">
|
|
<I>1</I> through <I>6</I> indicate the fonts
|
|
<DD>specified by the <B>font1</B> through <B>font6</B> resources,
|
|
<DT id="1279">
|
|
<I>e</I> or <I>E</I>
|
|
<DD>indicate the normal and bold fonts that have been set through escape codes
|
|
(or specified as the second and third action arguments, respectively), and
|
|
<DT id="1280">
|
|
<I>s</I> or <I>S</I> indicate the font selection (as made by programs such as
|
|
<B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+xfontsel">xfontsel</A>(1)</B>) indicated by the second action argument.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1281"><DD>
|
|
<DD>If <I>xterm</I> is configured to support wide characters, an
|
|
additional two optional parameters are recognized for the <I>e</I> argument:
|
|
wide font and wide bold font.
|
|
<DT id="1282"><B>smaller-vt-font()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Set the font to the next smaller one, based on the font dimensions.
|
|
See also <B>set-vt-font()</B>.
|
|
<DT id="1283"><B>soft-reset()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action resets the scrolling region.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>softreset</B> entry in <I>vtMenu</I>.
|
|
The effect is identical to a soft reset (DECSTR) control sequence.
|
|
<DT id="1284"><B>spawn-new-terminal(</B><I>params</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Spawn a new <I>xterm</I> process.
|
|
This is available on systems which have a modern version of the
|
|
process filesystem, e.g., ``/proc'', which <I>xterm</I> can read.
|
|
<DT id="1285"><DD>
|
|
Use the ``cwd'' process entry, e.g., /proc/12345/cwd to obtain the
|
|
working directory of the process which is running in the current <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1286"><DD>
|
|
On systems which have the ``exe'' process entry, e.g., /proc/12345/exe,
|
|
use this to obtain the actual executable.
|
|
Otherwise, use the <B>$PATH</B> variable to find <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1287"><DD>
|
|
If parameters are given in the action,
|
|
pass them to the new <I>xterm</I> process.
|
|
<DT id="1288"><B>start-extend()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action is similar to <B>select-start</B> except that the
|
|
selection is extended to the current pointer location.
|
|
<DT id="1289"><B>start-cursor-extend()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action is similar to <B>select-extend</B> except that the
|
|
selection is extended to the current text cursor position.
|
|
<DT id="1290"><B>string(</B><I>string</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action inserts the specified text string as if it had been typed.
|
|
Quotation is necessary if the string contains whitespace or
|
|
non-alphanumeric characters.
|
|
If the string argument begins with the
|
|
characters ``0x'', it is interpreted
|
|
as a hex character constant.
|
|
<DT id="1291"><B>tek-copy()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action copies the escape codes used to generate the current window
|
|
contents to a file in the current directory beginning with the name COPY.
|
|
It is also invoked from the <B>tekcopy</B> entry in <I>tekMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1292"><B>tek-page()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action clears the Tektronix window.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>tekpage</B> entry in <I>tekMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1293"><B>tek-reset()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action resets the Tektronix window.
|
|
It is also invoked by the <B>tekreset</B> entry in <I>tekMenu</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1294"><B>vi-button()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Handles a button event (other than press and release)
|
|
by echoing a control sequence computed from the event's line number
|
|
in the screen relative to the current line:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
ESC ^P
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1295"><DD>
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
ESC ^N
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1296"><DD>
|
|
according to whether the event is before, or after the current line,
|
|
respectively.
|
|
The ^N (or ^P) is repeated once for each line that the event differs
|
|
from the current line.
|
|
The control sequence is omitted altogether if the button event is on the
|
|
current line.
|
|
<DT id="1297"><B>visual-bell()</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action flashes the window quickly.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The Tektronix window also has the following action:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1298"><B>gin-press(</B><I>l/L/m/M/r/R</I>)
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This action sends the indicated graphics input code.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbBJ"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Default Key Bindings</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The default bindings in the VT<I>xxx</I> window use the <B>SELECT</B> token,
|
|
which is set by the <B>selectToClipboard</B> resource.
|
|
These are for the <I>vt100</I> widget:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Prior:<B>scroll-back</B>(1,halfpage) \n\
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Next:<B>scroll-forw</B>(1,halfpage) \n\
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Select:<B>select-cursor-start</B>() \
|
|
<B>select-cursor-end</B>(<B>SELECT</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>) \n\
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Insert:<B>insert-selection</B>(<B>SELECT</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>) \n\
|
|
Alt <Key>Return:<B>fullscreen</B>() \n\
|
|
<KeyRelease> Scroll_Lock:<B>scroll-lock</B>() \n\
|
|
Shift~Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:<B>larger-vt-font</B>() \n\
|
|
Shift Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:<B>smaller-vt-font</B>() \n\
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> KP_Subtract:<B>smaller-vt-font</B>() \n\
|
|
~Meta <KeyPress>:<B>insert-seven-bit</B>() \n\
|
|
Meta <KeyPress>:<B>insert-eight-bit</B>() \n\
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn1Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(mainMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(mainMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(mainMenu) \n\
|
|
! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(mainMenu) \n\
|
|
~Meta <Btn1Down>:<B>select-start</B>() \n\
|
|
~Meta <Btn1Motion>:<B>select-extend</B>() \n\
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn2Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(vtMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(vtMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(vtMenu) \n\
|
|
! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(vtMenu) \n\
|
|
~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Down>:<B>ignore</B>() \n\
|
|
Meta <Btn2Down>:<B>clear-saved-lines</B>() \n\
|
|
~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Up>:<B>insert-selection</B>(<B>SELECT</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>) \n\
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn3Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(fontMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(fontMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn3Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(fontMenu) \n\
|
|
! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:<B>popup-menu</B>(fontMenu) \n\
|
|
~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn3Down>:<B>start-extend</B>() \n\
|
|
~Meta <Btn3Motion>:<B>select-extend</B>() \n\
|
|
Ctrl <Btn4Down>:<B>scroll-back</B>(1,halfpage,m) \n\
|
|
Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:<B>scroll-back</B>(1,halfpage,m) \n\
|
|
Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:<B>scroll-back</B>(1,halfpage,m) \n\
|
|
@Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:<B>scroll-back</B>(1,halfpage,m) \n\
|
|
<Btn4Down>:<B>scroll-back</B>(5,line,m) \n\
|
|
Ctrl <Btn5Down>:<B>scroll-forw</B>(1,halfpage,m) \n\
|
|
Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:<B>scroll-forw</B>(1,halfpage,m) \n\
|
|
Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:<B>scroll-forw</B>(1,halfpage,m) \n\
|
|
@Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:<B>scroll-forw</B>(1,halfpage,m) \n\
|
|
<Btn5Down>:<B>scroll-forw</B>(5,line,m) \n\
|
|
<BtnUp>:<B>select-end</B>(<B>SELECT</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>) \n\
|
|
<BtnDown>:<B>ignore</B>()
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The default bindings in the Tektronix window are analogous but less extensive.
|
|
These are for the <I>tek4014</I> widget:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
~Meta<KeyPress>: <B>insert-seven-bit</B>() \n\
|
|
Meta<KeyPress>: <B>insert-eight-bit</B>() \n\
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn1Down>: <B>popup-menu</B>(mainMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>: <B>popup-menu</B>(mainMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: <B>popup-menu</B>(mainMenu) \n\
|
|
!Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: <B>popup-menu</B>(mainMenu) \n\
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn2Down>: <B>popup-menu</B>(tekMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>: <B>popup-menu</B>(tekMenu) \n\
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: <B>popup-menu</B>(tekMenu) \n\
|
|
!Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: <B>popup-menu</B>(tekMenu) \n\
|
|
Shift ~Meta<Btn1Down>: <B>gin-press</B>(L) \n\
|
|
~Meta<Btn1Down>: <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?l+gin-press">gin-press</A></B>(l) \n\
|
|
Shift ~Meta<Btn2Down>: <B>gin-press</B>(M) \n\
|
|
~Meta<Btn2Down>: <B>gin-press</B>(m) \n\
|
|
Shift ~Meta<Btn3Down>: <B>gin-press</B>(R) \n\
|
|
~Meta<Btn3Down>: <B>gin-press</B>(r)
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBK"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Custom Key Bindings</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You can modify the <B>translations</B> resource by overriding parts
|
|
of it, or merging your resources with it.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Here is an example which uses shifted select/paste to copy to the clipboard,
|
|
and unshifted select/paste for the primary selection.
|
|
In each case, a (different) cut buffer is
|
|
also a target or source of the select/paste operation.
|
|
It is important to remember however,
|
|
that cut buffers store data in ISO-8859-1 encoding,
|
|
while selections can store data in a variety of formats and encodings.
|
|
While <I>xterm</I> owns the selection, it highlights it.
|
|
When it loses the selection, it removes the corresponding highlight.
|
|
But you can still paste from the corresponding cut buffer.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*VT100*translations: #override \n\
|
|
~Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: <B>insert-selection</B>(<B>PRIMARY</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>) \n\
|
|
Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: <B>insert-selection</B>(<B>CLIPBOARD</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER1</B>) \n\
|
|
~Shift <BtnUp> : <B>select-end</B>(<B>PRIMARY</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>) \n\
|
|
Shift <BtnUp> : <B>select-end</B>(<B>CLIPBOARD</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER1</B>)
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In the example, the class name <B>VT100</B> is used rather than the widget name.
|
|
These are different; a class name could apply to more than one widget.
|
|
A leading ``*'' is used because the widget hierarchy above the
|
|
<I>vt100</I> widget depends on
|
|
whether the toolbar support is compiled into <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Most of the predefined translations are related to the mouse,
|
|
with a few that use some of the special keys on the keyboard.
|
|
Applications use special keys (function-keys, cursor-keys, keypad-keys)
|
|
with modifiers (shift, control, alt).
|
|
If <I>xterm</I> defines a translation for a given combination of
|
|
special key and modifier, that makes it unavailable for use
|
|
by applications within the terminal.
|
|
For instance, one might extend the use of <I>Page Up</I> and <I>Page Down</I>
|
|
keys seen here:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Prior : <B>scroll-back</B>(1,halfpage) \n\
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Next : <B>scroll-forw</B>(1,halfpage) \n\
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
to the <I>Home</I> and <I>End</I> keys:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Home : <B>scroll-to</B>(begin) \n\
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> End : <B>scroll-to</B>(end)
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
but then shift-<I>Home</I> and shift-<I>End</I> would then
|
|
be unavailable to applications.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Not everyone finds the three-button mouse bindings easy to use.
|
|
In a wheel mouse, the middle button might be the wheel.
|
|
As an alternative, you could add a binding using shifted keys:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*VT100*translations: #override \n\
|
|
Shift <Key>Home: <B>copy-selection</B>(<B>SELECT</B>) \n\
|
|
Shift <Key>Insert: <B>copy-selection</B>(<B>SELECT</B>) \n\
|
|
Ctrl Shift <Key>C: <B>copy-selection</B>(<B>SELECT</B>) \n\
|
|
Ctrl Shift <Key>V: <B>insert-selection</B>(<B>SELECT</B>)
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
You would still use the left- and right-mouse buttons (typically 1 and 3)
|
|
for beginning and extending selections.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Besides mouse problems, there are also keyboards with inconvenient layouts.
|
|
Some lack a numeric keypad, making it hard to use the shifted keypad plus
|
|
and minus bindings for switching between font sizes.
|
|
You can work around that by assigning the actions to more readily accessed
|
|
keys:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*VT100*translations: #override \n\
|
|
Ctrl <Key> +: <B>larger-vt-font</B>() \n\
|
|
Ctrl <Key> -: <B>smaller-vt-font</B>()
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The keymap feature allows you to switch between sets of translations.
|
|
The sample below shows
|
|
how the <B>keymap()</B> action may be used to add special
|
|
keys for entering commonly-typed words:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*VT100.Translations: #override <Key>F13: keymap(dbx)
|
|
*VT100.dbxKeymap.translations: \
|
|
<Key>F14: <B>keymap</B>(None) \n\
|
|
<Key>F17: <B>string</B>("next") \n\
|
|
<B>string</B>(0x0d) \n\
|
|
<Key>F18: <B>string</B>("step") \n\
|
|
<B>string</B>(0x0d) \n\
|
|
<Key>F19: <B>string</B>("continue") \n\
|
|
<B>string</B>(0x0d) \n\
|
|
<Key>F20: <B>string</B>("print ") \n\
|
|
<B>insert-selection</B>(<B>PRIMARY</B>, <B>CUT_BUFFER0</B>)
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBL"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Default Scrollbar Bindings</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Key bindings are normally associated with the <I>vt100</I> or <I>tek4014</I>
|
|
widgets which act as terminal emulators.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I>'s scrollbar (and toolbar if it is configured) are separate widgets.
|
|
Because all of these use the X Toolkit,
|
|
they have corresponding <B>translations</B> resources.
|
|
Those resources are distinct,
|
|
and match different patterns, e.g., the differences in widget-name and
|
|
number of levels of widgets which they may contain.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <I>scrollbar</I> widget is a child of the <I>vt100</I> widget.
|
|
It is positioned on top of the <I>vt100</I> widget.
|
|
Toggling the scrollbar on and off causes the <I>vt100</I> widget to resize.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The default bindings for the scrollbar widget use only mouse-button events:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
<Btn5Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \n\
|
|
<Btn1Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \n\
|
|
<Btn2Down>: StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
|
|
<Btn3Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \n\
|
|
<Btn4Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \n\
|
|
<Btn2Motion>: MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
|
|
<BtnUp>: NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll()
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Events which the <I>scrollbar</I> widget does not recognize at all are lost.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
However, at startup, <I>xterm</I> augments these translations with the default
|
|
translations used for the <I>vt100</I> widget,
|
|
together with the resource ``actions'' which those translations use.
|
|
Because the <I>scrollbar</I> (or <I>menubar</I>) widgets do not recognize these
|
|
actions (but because it has a corresponding translation),
|
|
they are passed on to the <I>vt100</I> widget.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This augmenting of the scrollbar's translations has a few limitations:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> knows what the default translations are,
|
|
but there is no suitable library interface for determining what
|
|
customizations a user may have added to the <I>vt100</I> widget.
|
|
All that <I>xterm</I> can do is augment the <I>scrollbar</I> widget to
|
|
give it the same starting point for further customization by the user.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Events in the gap between the widgets may be lost.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compose sequences begun in one widget cannot be completed in the other,
|
|
because the input methods for each widget do not share context information.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Most customizations of the scrollbar translations do not concern key bindings.
|
|
Rather, users are generally more interested in changing the bindings of the
|
|
mouse buttons.
|
|
For example, some people prefer using the left pointer button
|
|
for dragging the scrollbar thumb.
|
|
That can be set up by altering the translations resource, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*VT100.scrollbar.translations: #override \n\
|
|
<Btn5Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \n\
|
|
<Btn1Down>: StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
|
|
<Btn4Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \n\
|
|
<Btn1Motion>: MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \n\
|
|
<BtnUp>: NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll()
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBM"> </A>
|
|
<H2>CONTROL SEQUENCES AND KEYBOARD</H2>
|
|
|
|
Applications can send sequences of characters to the terminal to change its
|
|
behavior.
|
|
Often they are referred to as
|
|
``ANSI escape sequences'' or just plain
|
|
``escape sequences'' but both terms are misleading:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANSI x3.64 (obsolete) which was replaced by ISO 6429 (ECMA-48) gave rules
|
|
for the <I>format</I> of these sequences of characters.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
While the original VT100 was claimed to be ANSI-compatible (against x3.64),
|
|
there is no freely available version of the ANSI standard to show where
|
|
the VT100 differs.
|
|
Most of the documents which mention the ANSI standard have
|
|
additions not found in the original (such as those
|
|
based on <B>ansi.sys</B>).
|
|
So this discussion focuses on the ISO standards.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
The standard describes only sequences sent from the host to the terminal.
|
|
There is no standard for sequences sent by special keys from the terminal
|
|
to the host.
|
|
By convention (and referring to existing terminals), the format of those
|
|
sequences usually conforms to the host-to-terminal standard.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some of <I>xterm</I>'s sequences do not fit into the standard scheme.
|
|
Technically those are ``unspecified''.
|
|
As an example,
|
|
DEC Screen Alignment Test (DECALN) is this three-character sequence:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
<I>ESC</I> # 8
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some sequences fit into the standard format,
|
|
but are not listed in the standard.
|
|
These include the sequences used for setting up scrolling margins
|
|
and doing forward/reverse scrolling.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some of the sequences (in particular, the single-character functions
|
|
such as tab and backspace)
|
|
do not include the <I>escape</I> character.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
With all of that in mind, the standard refers to these sequences of
|
|
characters as ``control sequences''.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm Control Sequences</I> lists the control sequences which
|
|
an application can send <I>xterm</I> to make it perform various operations.
|
|
Most of these operations are standardized, from either the DEC or Tektronix
|
|
terminals, or from more widely used standards such as ISO-6429.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
A few examples of usage are given in this section.
|
|
<A NAME="lbBN"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Window and Icon Titles</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Some scripts use <B>echo</B> with options <B>-e</B> and <B>-n</B> to tell
|
|
the shell to interpret the string ``\e'' as
|
|
the <I>escape</I> character and
|
|
to suppress a trailing newline on output.
|
|
Those are not portable, nor recommended.
|
|
Instead, use <B>printf</B> (POSIX).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
For example, to set the <I>window title</I> to ``Hello world!'',
|
|
you could use one of these commands in a script:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
printf '\033]2;Hello world!\033\'
|
|
printf '\033]2;Hello world!\007'
|
|
printf '\033]2;%s\033\' "Hello world!"
|
|
printf '\033]2;%s\007' "Hello world!"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <B>printf</B> command interprets the octal value ``\033'' for
|
|
<I>escape</I>, and (since it was not given in the format) omits a trailing
|
|
newline from the output.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Some programs (such as <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+screen">screen</A></B>(1)) set both window- and icon-titles
|
|
at the same time, using a slightly different control sequence:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
printf '\033]0;Hello world!\033\'
|
|
printf '\033]0;Hello world!\007'
|
|
printf '\033]0;%s\033\' "Hello world!"
|
|
printf '\033]0;%s\007' "Hello world!"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The difference is the <I>parameter</I> ``0'' in each command.
|
|
Most window managers will honor either window title or icon title.
|
|
Some will make a distinction and allow you to set just the icon title.
|
|
You can tell <I>xterm</I> to ask for this with a different parameter
|
|
in the control sequence:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
printf '\033]1;Hello world!\033\'
|
|
printf '\033]1;Hello world!\007'
|
|
printf '\033]1;%s\033\' "Hello world!"
|
|
printf '\033]1;%s\007' "Hello world!"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBO"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Special Keys</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I>, like any VT100-compatible terminal emulator,
|
|
has two modes for the <I>special keys</I> (cursor-keys, numeric keypad,
|
|
and certain function-keys):
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>normal mode</I>, which makes the special keys transmit
|
|
``useful'' sequences such as the control sequence for cursor-up
|
|
when pressing the up-arrow, and
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<I>application mode</I>,
|
|
which uses a different control sequence that cannot be mistaken for
|
|
the
|
|
``useful'' sequences.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The main difference between the two modes is that normal mode sequences
|
|
start with <I>CSI</I> (<I>escape [</I>) and application mode sequences
|
|
start with <I>SS3</I> (<I>escape O</I>).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The terminal is initialized into one of these two modes (usually the
|
|
normal mode), based on the terminal description (termcap or terminfo).
|
|
The terminal description also has capabilities (strings) defined for
|
|
the keypad mode used in curses applications.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
There is a problem in using the terminal description for applications
|
|
that are not intended to be full-screen curses applications:
|
|
the definitions of special keys are only correct for this keypad mode.
|
|
For example, some shells
|
|
(unlike <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+ksh">ksh</A></B>(1), which appears to be hard-coded, not even using termcap)
|
|
allow their users to customize key-bindings,
|
|
assigning shell actions to special keys.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+bash">bash</A></B>(1) allows <I>constant</I> strings to be assigned
|
|
to functions.
|
|
This is only successful if the terminal is initialized to application
|
|
mode by default,
|
|
because <B>bash</B> lacks flexibility in this area.
|
|
It uses a (less expressive than <B>bash</B>'s)
|
|
<B>readline</B> scripting language for setting up key bindings,
|
|
which relies upon the user to statically enumerate the possible bindings for
|
|
given values of <B>$TERM</B>.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+zsh">zsh</A></B>(1) provides an analogous feature,
|
|
but it accepts runtime expressions,
|
|
as well as providing a <B>$terminfo</B> array for scripts.
|
|
In particular, one can use the terminal database,
|
|
transforming when defining a key-binding.
|
|
By transforming the output so that <I>CSI</I> and <I>SS3</I> are equated,
|
|
<B>zsh</B> can use the terminal database to obtain useful definitions
|
|
for its command-line use regardless of whether the terminal uses
|
|
normal or application mode initially.
|
|
Here is an example:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
[[ "$terminfo[kcuu1]" == "^[O"* ]] && \
|
|
bindkey -M viins "${terminfo[kcuu1]/O/[}" \
|
|
vi-up-line-or-history
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBP"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Changing Colors</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
A few shell programs provide the ability for users to add color and other
|
|
video attributes to the shell prompt strings.
|
|
Users can do this by setting <B>$PS1</B> (the primary prompt string).
|
|
Again, <B>bash</B> and <B>zsh</B> have provided features not found in <B>ksh</B>.
|
|
There is a problem, however: the prompt's width on the screen will not
|
|
necessarily be the same as the number of characters.
|
|
Because there is no guidance in the POSIX standard, each shell addresses
|
|
the problem in a different way:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<B>bash</B> treats characters within
|
|
``\['' and
|
|
``\]''
|
|
as nonprinting (using no width on the screen).
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<B>zsh</B> treats characters within
|
|
``%{'' and
|
|
``%}''
|
|
as nonprinting.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In addition to the difference in syntax,
|
|
the shells provide different methods for obtaining useful escape sequences:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
As noted in <B>Special Keys</B>, <B>zsh</B> initializes the $terminfo array
|
|
with the terminal capabilities.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1299"><DD>
|
|
It also provides a function <B>echoti</B> which works like <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+tput">tput</A></B>(1)
|
|
to convert a terminal capability with its parameters into a string
|
|
that can be written to the terminal.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shells lacking a comparable feature (such as <B>bash</B>) can always
|
|
use the program <B>tput</B> to do this transformation.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Hard-coded escape sequences are supported by each shell,
|
|
but are not recommended because those rely upon particular configurations
|
|
and cannot be easily moved between different user environments.
|
|
<A NAME="lbBQ"> </A>
|
|
<H2>ENVIRONMENT</H2>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> sets several environment variables.
|
|
<A NAME="lbBR"> </A>
|
|
<H3>System Independent</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Some variables are used on every system:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1300"><B>DISPLAY</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
is the display name,
|
|
pointing to the X server (see <I>DISPLAY NAMES</I> in <A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?7+X">X</A>(7)).
|
|
<DT id="1301"><B>TERM</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
is set according to the terminfo (or termcap) entry which it is using as
|
|
a reference.
|
|
<DT id="1302"><DD>
|
|
On some systems, you may encounter situations where the shell which you
|
|
use and <I>xterm</I> are built using libraries with different terminal databases.
|
|
In that situation, <I>xterm</I> may choose a terminal description not known
|
|
to the shell.
|
|
<DT id="1303"><B>WINDOWID</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
is set to the X window id number of the <I>xterm</I> window.
|
|
<DT id="1304"><B>XTERM_FILTER</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
is set if a locale-filter is used.
|
|
The value is the pathname of the filter.
|
|
<DT id="1305"><B>XTERM_LOCALE</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
shows the locale which was used by <I>xterm</I> on startup.
|
|
Some shell initialization scripts may set a different locale.
|
|
<DT id="1306"><B>XTERM_SHELL</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
is set to the pathname of the program which is invoked.
|
|
Usually that is a shell program, e.g., <I>/bin/sh</I>.
|
|
Since it is not necessarily a shell program however,
|
|
it is distinct from ``SHELL''.
|
|
<DT id="1307"><B>XTERM_VERSION</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
is set to the string displayed by the <B>-version</B> option.
|
|
That is normally an identifier for the X Window libraries used to
|
|
build <I>xterm</I>, followed by
|
|
<I>xterm</I>'s patch number in parenthesis.
|
|
The patch number is also part of the response to a Secondary Device Attributes
|
|
(DA) control sequence (see <I>Xterm Control Sequences</I>).
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbBS"> </A>
|
|
<H3>System Dependent</H3>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Depending on your system configuration, <I>xterm</I> may also set the
|
|
following:
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1308"><B>COLUMNS</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
the width of the <I>xterm</I> in characters (cf: ``stty columns'').
|
|
<DT id="1309"><DD>
|
|
When this variable is set, <I>curses</I> applications (and most
|
|
terminal programs) will assume that the terminal has this many columns.
|
|
<DT id="1310"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> would do this for systems which have no ability
|
|
to tell the size of the terminal.
|
|
Those are very rare, none newer than the mid 1990s when SVR4 became prevalent.
|
|
<DT id="1311"><B>HOME</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
when <I>xterm</I> is configured (at build-time) to update utmp.
|
|
<DT id="1312"><B>LINES</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
the height of the <I>xterm</I> in characters (cf: ``stty rows'').
|
|
<DT id="1313"><DD>
|
|
When this variable is set, <I>curses</I> applications (and most
|
|
terminal programs) will assume that the terminal has this many lines (rows).
|
|
<DT id="1314"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> would do this for systems which have no ability
|
|
to tell the size of the terminal.
|
|
Those are very rare, none newer than the mid 1990s when SVR4 became prevalent.
|
|
<DT id="1315"><B>LOGNAME</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
when <I>xterm</I> is configured (at build-time) to update utmp.
|
|
<DT id="1316"><DD>
|
|
Your configuration may have set <B>LOGNAME</B>; <I>xterm</I> does not modify that.
|
|
If it is unset, <I>xterm</I> will use <B>USER</B> if it is set.
|
|
Finally, if neither is set, <I>xterm</I> will use the <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3+getlogin">getlogin</A></B>(3) function.
|
|
<DT id="1317"><B>SHELL</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
when <I>xterm</I> is configured (at build-time) to update utmp.
|
|
It is also set if you provide a valid shell name as the optional parameter.
|
|
<DT id="1318"><DD>
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> sets this to an absolute pathname.
|
|
If you have set the variable to a relative pathname,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> may set it to a different shell pathname.
|
|
<DT id="1319"><DD>
|
|
If you have set this to an pathname which does not correspond to a valid
|
|
shell, <I>xterm</I> may unset it, to avoid confusion.
|
|
<DT id="1320"><B>TERMCAP</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
the contents of the termcap entry corresponding to <B>$TERM</B>,
|
|
with lines and columns values substituted
|
|
for the actual size window you have created.
|
|
<DT id="1321"><DD>
|
|
This feature is, like <B>LINES</B> and <B>COLUMNS</B>, used rarely.
|
|
It addresses the same limitation of a few older systems
|
|
by providing a way for <I>termcap</I>-based applications to get the initial
|
|
screen size.
|
|
<DT id="1322"><B>TERMINFO</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
may be defined to a nonstandard location using the configure script.
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbBT"> </A>
|
|
<H2>WINDOW PROPERTIES</H2>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
In the output from <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+xprop">xprop</A></B>(1), there are several properties.
|
|
<A NAME="lbBU"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Properties set by X Toolkit</H3>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1323"><B>WM_CLASS</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This shows the <I>instance name</I> and the X resource <I>class</I>,
|
|
passed to X Toolkit during initialization of <I>xterm</I>,
|
|
e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
WM_CLASS(STRING) = "xterm", "UXTerm"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1324"><B>WM_CLIENT_LEADER</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This shows the window-id which <I>xterm</I> provides
|
|
with an environment variable (<B>WINDOWID</B>),
|
|
e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
WM_CLIENT_LEADER(WINDOW): window id # 0x800023
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1325"><B>WM_COMMAND</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This shows the command-line arguments for <I>xterm</I>
|
|
which are passed to X Toolkit during initialization, e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
WM_COMMAND(STRING) = { "xterm", "-class", "UXTerm", "-title", "uxterm", "-u8" }
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1326"><B>WM_ICON_NAME</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This holds the icon title,
|
|
which different window managers handle in various ways.
|
|
It is set via the <B>iconName</B> resource.
|
|
Applications can change this using control sequences.
|
|
<DT id="1327"><B>WM_LOCALE_NAME</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This shows the result from the <B><A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?3+setlocale">setlocale</A></B>(3) function
|
|
for the <I>LC_CTYPE</I> category,
|
|
e.g.,
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
WM_LOCALE_NAME(STRING) = "en_US.UTF-8"
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1328"><B>WM_NAME</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This holds the window title, normally at the top of <I>xterm</I>'s window.
|
|
It is set via the <B>title</B> resource.
|
|
Applications can change this using control sequences.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbBV"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Properties set by Xterm</H3>
|
|
|
|
X Toolkit does not manage EWMH properties.
|
|
Xterm does this directly.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1329"><B>_NET_WM_ICON_NAME</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
stores the icon name.
|
|
<DT id="1330"><B>_NET_WM_NAME</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
stores the title string.
|
|
<DT id="1331"><B>_NET_WM_PID</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
stores the process identifier for <I>xterm</I>'s display.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbBW"> </A>
|
|
<H3>Properties used by Xterm</H3>
|
|
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1332"><B>_NET_SUPPORTED</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Xterm checks this property on the <I>supporting window</I>
|
|
to decide if the window manager supports
|
|
specific maximizing styles.
|
|
That may include other window manager hints;
|
|
<I>xterm</I> uses the X library calls to manage those.
|
|
<DT id="1333"><B>_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
Xterm checks this to ensure that it will only update the EWMH
|
|
properties for a window manager which claims EWMH compliance.
|
|
<DT id="1334"><B>_NET_WM_STATE</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
This tells <I>xterm</I> whether its window has been maximized by the window manager,
|
|
and if so, what type of maximizing:
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1335"><DD>
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1336"><B>_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1337"><B>_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
<DT id="1338"><B>_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT</B>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<A NAME="lbBX"> </A>
|
|
<H2>FILES</H2>
|
|
|
|
The actual pathnames given may differ on your system.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1339"><I>/etc/shells</I><DD>
|
|
contains a list of valid shell programs,
|
|
used by <I>xterm</I> to decide if the ``SHELL'' environment
|
|
variable should be set for the process started by <I>xterm</I>.
|
|
<DT id="1340"><DD>
|
|
On systems which have the <I>getusershell</I> function,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> will use that function rather than directly reading the file,
|
|
since the file may not be present if the system uses default settings.
|
|
<DT id="1341"><I>/var/run/utmp</I><DD>
|
|
the system log file, which records user logins.
|
|
<DT id="1342"><I>/var/log/wtmp</I><DD>
|
|
the system log file, which records user logins and logouts.
|
|
<DT id="1343"><I>/etc/X11/app-defaults/XTerm</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
the <I>xterm</I> default application resources.
|
|
<DT id="1344"><I>/etc/X11/app-defaults/XTerm-color</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
the <I>xterm</I> color application resources.
|
|
If your display supports color, use this
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
*customization: -color
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<DT id="1345"><DD>
|
|
in your .Xdefaults file to
|
|
automatically use this resource file rather than
|
|
<I>/etc/X11/app-defaults/XTerm</I>.
|
|
|
|
If you do not do this,
|
|
<I>xterm</I> uses its compiled-in default resource settings for colors.
|
|
<DT id="1346"><I>/usr/share/pixmaps</I>
|
|
|
|
<DD>
|
|
the directory in which <I>xterm</I>'s pixmap icon files are installed.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbBY"> </A>
|
|
<H2>ERROR MESSAGES</H2>
|
|
|
|
Most of the fatal error messages from <I>xterm</I> use the following format:
|
|
|
|
<BR> .sp
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in +4
|
|
|
|
<PRE>
|
|
xterm: Error <I>XXX</I>, errno <I>YYY</I>: <I>ZZZ</I>
|
|
|
|
</PRE>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<BR> .in -4
|
|
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
The <I>XXX</I> codes (which are used by <I>xterm</I> as its exit-code)
|
|
are listed below, with a brief explanation.
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1347">1<DD>
|
|
is used for miscellaneous errors, usually accompanied by a specific message,
|
|
<DT id="1348">11<DD>
|
|
ERROR_FIONBIO
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
main: ioctl() failed on FIONBIO
|
|
<DT id="1349">12<DD>
|
|
ERROR_F_GETFL
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
main: ioctl() failed on F_GETFL
|
|
<DT id="1350">13<DD>
|
|
ERROR_F_SETFL
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
main: ioctl() failed on F_SETFL
|
|
<DT id="1351">14<DD>
|
|
ERROR_OPDEVTTY
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: open() failed on /dev/tty
|
|
<DT id="1352">15<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TIOCGETP
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCGETP
|
|
<DT id="1353">17<DD>
|
|
ERROR_PTSNAME
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ptsname() failed
|
|
<DT id="1354">18<DD>
|
|
ERROR_OPPTSNAME
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: open() failed on ptsname
|
|
<DT id="1355">19<DD>
|
|
ERROR_PTEM
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ptem"
|
|
<DT id="1356">20<DD>
|
|
ERROR_CONSEM
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"consem"
|
|
<DT id="1357">21<DD>
|
|
ERROR_LDTERM
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ldterm"
|
|
<DT id="1358">22<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TTCOMPAT
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ttcompat"
|
|
<DT id="1359">23<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TIOCSETP
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETP
|
|
<DT id="1360">24<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TIOCSETC
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETC
|
|
<DT id="1361">25<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TIOCSETD
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETD
|
|
<DT id="1362">26<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TIOCSLTC
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSLTC
|
|
<DT id="1363">27<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TIOCLSET
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCLSET
|
|
<DT id="1364">28<DD>
|
|
ERROR_INIGROUPS
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: initgroups() failed
|
|
<DT id="1365">29<DD>
|
|
ERROR_FORK
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: fork() failed
|
|
<DT id="1366">30<DD>
|
|
ERROR_EXEC
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: exec() failed
|
|
<DT id="1367">32<DD>
|
|
ERROR_PTYS
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
get_pty: not enough ptys
|
|
<DT id="1368">34<DD>
|
|
ERROR_PTY_EXEC
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
waiting for initial map
|
|
<DT id="1369">35<DD>
|
|
ERROR_SETUID
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: setuid() failed
|
|
<DT id="1370">36<DD>
|
|
ERROR_INIT
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: can't initialize window
|
|
<DT id="1371">46<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TIOCKSET
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSET
|
|
<DT id="1372">47<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TIOCKSETC
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSETC
|
|
<DT id="1373">49<DD>
|
|
ERROR_LUMALLOC
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
luit: command-line malloc failed
|
|
<DT id="1374">50<DD>
|
|
ERROR_SELECT
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
in_put: select() failed
|
|
<DT id="1375">54<DD>
|
|
ERROR_VINIT
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
VTInit: can't initialize window
|
|
<DT id="1376">57<DD>
|
|
ERROR_KMMALLOC1
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
HandleKeymapChange: malloc failed
|
|
<DT id="1377">60<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TSELECT
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
Tinput: select() failed
|
|
<DT id="1378">64<DD>
|
|
ERROR_TINIT
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
TekInit: can't initialize window
|
|
<DT id="1379">71<DD>
|
|
ERROR_BMALLOC2
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
SaltTextAway: malloc() failed
|
|
<DT id="1380">80<DD>
|
|
ERROR_LOGEXEC
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
StartLog: exec() failed
|
|
<DT id="1381">83<DD>
|
|
ERROR_XERROR
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
xerror: XError event
|
|
<DT id="1382">84<DD>
|
|
ERROR_XIOERROR
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
xioerror: X I/O error
|
|
<DT id="1383">85<DD>
|
|
ERROR_ICEERROR
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
ICE I/O error
|
|
<DT id="1384">90<DD>
|
|
ERROR_SCALLOC
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
Alloc: calloc() failed on base
|
|
<DT id="1385">91<DD>
|
|
ERROR_SCALLOC2
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
Alloc: calloc() failed on rows
|
|
<DT id="1386">102<DD>
|
|
ERROR_SAVE_PTR
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
ScrnPointers: malloc/realloc() failed
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbBZ"> </A>
|
|
<H2>BUGS</H2>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Large pastes do not work on some systems.
|
|
This is not a bug in
|
|
<I>xterm</I>; it is a bug in the pseudo terminal driver of those
|
|
systems.
|
|
<I>Xterm</I> feeds large pastes to the pty only as fast as the pty
|
|
will accept data, but some pty drivers do not return enough information
|
|
to know if the write has succeeded.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
When connected to an input method, it is possible for <I>xterm</I> to hang
|
|
if the XIM server is suspended or killed.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Many of the options are not resettable after <I>xterm</I> starts.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
This program still needs to be rewritten.
|
|
It should be split into very
|
|
modular sections, with the various emulators being completely separate
|
|
widgets that do not know about each other.
|
|
Ideally, you'd like to be able to
|
|
pick and choose emulator widgets and stick them into a single control widget.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
There needs to be a dialog box to allow entry of the Tek COPY file name.
|
|
<A NAME="lbCA"> </A>
|
|
<H2>SEE ALSO</H2>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+resize">resize</A>(1),
|
|
<A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+luit">luit</A>(1),
|
|
<A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?1+uxterm">uxterm</A>(1),
|
|
<A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?7+X">X</A>(7),
|
|
<A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?4+pty">pty</A>(4),
|
|
<A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html?4+tty">tty</A>(4)
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Xterm Control Sequences</I>
|
|
(this is the file ctlseqs.ms).
|
|
<DL COMPACT><DT id="1387"><DD>
|
|
<P>
|
|
<A HREF="https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html">https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="https://invisible-island.net/xterm/manpage/xterm.html">https://invisible-island.net/xterm/manpage/xterm.html</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="https://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html">https://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.faq.html">https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.faq.html</A>
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
<A HREF="https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.log.html">https://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.log.html</A>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>X Toolkit Intrinsics - C Language Interface</I> (Xt),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
Joel McCormack, Paul Asente, Ralph R. Swick (1994),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
Thomas E. Dickey (2019).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Inter-Client Communication Conventions Manual</I> (ICCCM),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
David Rosenthal and
|
|
Stuart W. Marks (version 2.0, 1994).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<I>Extended Window Manager Hints</I> (EWMH),
|
|
<BR>
|
|
|
|
X Desktop Group (version 1.3, 2005).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
EWMH uses <I>UTF8_STRING</I> pervasively without defining it,
|
|
but does mention the ICCCM.
|
|
Version 2.0 of the ICCCM does not address UTF-8.
|
|
That is an extension added in XFree86.
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markus Kuhn summarized this in
|
|
<I>UTF-8 and Unicode FAQ for Unix/Linux</I> (2001),
|
|
in the section ``Is X11 ready for Unicode?''
|
|
<DL COMPACT>
|
|
<DT id="1388"><DD>
|
|
<A HREF="https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html">https://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/unicode.html</A>
|
|
|
|
<BR> .IP • 4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Juliusz Chroboczek proposed the UTF8_STRING selection atom in 1999/2000,
|
|
which became part of the ICCCM in XFree86.
|
|
<DT id="1389"><DD>
|
|
<A HREF="https://www.irif.fr/~jch/software/UTF8_STRING/">https://www.irif.fr/~jch/software/UTF8_STRING/</A>
|
|
<DT id="1390"><DD>
|
|
An Xorg developer removed that part of the documentation in 2004
|
|
when incorporating other work from XFree86 into Xorg.
|
|
The feature is still supported in Xorg, though undocumented as of 2019.
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<A NAME="lbCB"> </A>
|
|
<H2>AUTHORS</H2>
|
|
|
|
Far too many people.
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
These contributed to the X Consortium:
|
|
Loretta Guarino Reid (DEC-UEG-WSL),
|
|
Joel McCormack (DEC-UEG-WSL), Terry Weissman (DEC-UEG-WSL),
|
|
Edward Moy (Berkeley), Ralph R. Swick (MIT-Athena),
|
|
Mark Vandevoorde (MIT-Athena), Bob McNamara (DEC-MAD),
|
|
Jim Gettys (MIT-Athena), Bob Scheifler (MIT X Consortium), Doug Mink (SAO),
|
|
Steve Pitschke (Stellar), Ron Newman (MIT-Athena), Jim Fulton (MIT X
|
|
Consortium), Dave Serisky (HP), Jonathan Kamens (MIT-Athena).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
Beginning with XFree86, there were far more identifiable contributors.
|
|
The <I>THANKS</I> file in <I>xterm</I>'s source lists 211 at the end of 2018.
|
|
Keep in mind these:
|
|
Jason Bacon,
|
|
Jens Schweikhardt,
|
|
Ross Combs,
|
|
Stephen P. Wall,
|
|
David Wexelblat, and
|
|
Thomas Dickey (invisible-island.net).
|
|
<P>
|
|
|
|
<HR>
|
|
<A NAME="index"> </A><H2>Index</H2>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1391"><A HREF="#lbAB">NAME</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1392"><A HREF="#lbAC">SYNOPSIS</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1393"><A HREF="#lbAD">DESCRIPTION</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1394"><A HREF="#lbAE">EMULATIONS</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1395"><A HREF="#lbAF">OTHER FEATURES</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1396"><A HREF="#lbAG">OPTIONS</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1397"><A HREF="#lbAH">Old Options</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1398"><A HREF="#lbAI">X Toolkit Options</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1399"><A HREF="#lbAJ">RESOURCES</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1400"><A HREF="#lbAK">Application Resources</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1401"><A HREF="#lbAL">VT100 Widget Resources</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1402"><A HREF="#lbAM">Tek4014 Widget Resources</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1403"><A HREF="#lbAN">Menu Resources</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1404"><A HREF="#lbAO">Scrollbar Resources</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1405"><A HREF="#lbAP">POINTER USAGE</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1406"><A HREF="#lbAQ">Selection Functions</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1407"><A HREF="#lbAR">Scrolling</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1408"><A HREF="#lbAS">Tektronix Pointer</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1409"><A HREF="#lbAT">SELECT/PASTE</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1410"><A HREF="#lbAU">PRIMARY</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1411"><A HREF="#lbAV">CLIPBOARD</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1412"><A HREF="#lbAW">SELECT</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1413"><A HREF="#lbAX">SECONDARY</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1414"><A HREF="#lbAY">Selection Targets</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1415"><A HREF="#lbAZ">Mouse Protocol</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1416"><A HREF="#lbBA">MENUS</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1417"><A HREF="#lbBB">Main Options</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1418"><A HREF="#lbBC">VT Options</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1419"><A HREF="#lbBD">VT Fonts</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1420"><A HREF="#lbBE">Tek Options</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1421"><A HREF="#lbBF">SECURITY</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1422"><A HREF="#lbBG">CHARACTER CLASSES</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1423"><A HREF="#lbBH">KEY BINDINGS</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1424"><A HREF="#lbBI">Actions</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1425"><A HREF="#lbBJ">Default Key Bindings</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1426"><A HREF="#lbBK">Custom Key Bindings</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1427"><A HREF="#lbBL">Default Scrollbar Bindings</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1428"><A HREF="#lbBM">CONTROL SEQUENCES AND KEYBOARD</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1429"><A HREF="#lbBN">Window and Icon Titles</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1430"><A HREF="#lbBO">Special Keys</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1431"><A HREF="#lbBP">Changing Colors</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1432"><A HREF="#lbBQ">ENVIRONMENT</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1433"><A HREF="#lbBR">System Independent</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1434"><A HREF="#lbBS">System Dependent</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1435"><A HREF="#lbBT">WINDOW PROPERTIES</A><DD>
|
|
<DL>
|
|
<DT id="1436"><A HREF="#lbBU">Properties set by X Toolkit</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1437"><A HREF="#lbBV">Properties set by Xterm</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1438"><A HREF="#lbBW">Properties used by Xterm</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<DT id="1439"><A HREF="#lbBX">FILES</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1440"><A HREF="#lbBY">ERROR MESSAGES</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1441"><A HREF="#lbBZ">BUGS</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1442"><A HREF="#lbCA">SEE ALSO</A><DD>
|
|
<DT id="1443"><A HREF="#lbCB">AUTHORS</A><DD>
|
|
</DL>
|
|
<HR>
|
|
This document was created by
|
|
<A HREF="/cgi-bin/man/man2html">man2html</A>,
|
|
using the manual pages.<BR>
|
|
Time: 00:05:31 GMT, March 31, 2021
|
|
</BODY>
|
|
</HTML>
|